Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies Fulltime 2012-2013
Versie 1.3 © Hogeschool Utrecht, HU Diensten Utrecht, September 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Contents 1 Foreword 5 2 Organization of the study programme 7 2.1 Professional profile .................................................................................................... 7 2.1.1 Profession ........................................................................................................... 7 2.1.2 Details of professional profile .............................................................................. 7 2.1.3 Competencies of a beginning professional practitioner ...................................... 7 2.1.4 Graduate skills .................................................................................................... 7 2.1.5 Field of work and employment functions ............................................................. 8 2.2 Profile of study programme........................................................................................ 8 2.2.1 Study programme objective ................................................................................ 8 2.2.2 The HBO (‘Higher Vocational Education’) level of the study programme ............ 8 2.2.3 Didactic principles ............................................................................................... 8 2.3 Organization of the study programme ....................................................................... 9 2.3.1 Programme tracks .............................................................................................. 9 2.3.2 Abridged programme and fast-track ................................................................... 10 2.3.3 Certificates .......................................................................................................... 10 2.3.4 Degrees and titles ............................................................................................... 11 2.3.5 Structure of the study programme ...................................................................... 11 2.4 Preliminary year......................................................................................................... 12 2.4.1 Programme ......................................................................................................... 12 2.4.2 Advice concerning study progress ...................................................................... 12 2.4.3 Switching to another programme ........................................................................ 12 2.5 Main phase ................................................................................................................ 13 2.5.1 Admission to main phase .................................................................................... 13 2.5.2 Programmes ....................................................................................................... 14 2.5.3 Internships and value of internships ................................................................... 18 2.5.4 Optional course profile (minor)............................................................................ 18 2.5.5 Excellence .......................................................................................................... 18 2.5.6 Graduating .......................................................................................................... 20 2.5.7 Follow-up options................................................................................................ 20 2.6 Board of Examiners ................................................................................................... 20 2.6.1 Establishment and appointments ........................................................................ 20 2.6.2 Composition ........................................................................................................ 21 2.6.3 Powers and responsibilities ................................................................................ 21 2.6.4 Petitions .............................................................................................................. 21 2.7 Kick-off academic year, excursions, work weeks, and training courses .................... 22 2.8 Facilities .................................................................................................................... 22 2.8.1 Study career planning ......................................................................................... 22 2.8.2 IT facilities ........................................................................................................... 23 2.8.2.1 General ........................................................................................................... 23 2.8.2.2 Student mail .................................................................................................... 23 2.8.2.3 SharePoint ...................................................................................................... 23 2.8.2.4 OSIRIS Student............................................................................................... 24 2.8.2.5 Password ........................................................................................................ 25 2.8.2.6 Information security and privacy ...................................................................... 25 2.8.2.7 Recording your study progress ....................................................................... 26 2.8.3 Student desk ....................................................................................................... 26 2.8.4 Study association................................................................................................ 26 2.8.5 Programme committees ...................................................................................... 26 2.9 Contact details ........................................................................................................... 27 3 Courses 28 3.1 Course participation................................................................................................... 28 3.2 Enrolling for courses .................................................................................................. 28 3.3 Obligation to attend ................................................................................................... 28
2/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
3.4 Entry requirements .................................................................................................... 28 3.5 Course descriptions ................................................................................................... 28 4 Exams 29 4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 29 4.2 Exemptions ................................................................................................................ 29 4.3 Organization of exams ............................................................................................... 30 4.3.1 Duration and form of exams................................................................................ 30 4.3.2 Exam timetable ................................................................................................... 30 4.3.3 Enrolling for and taking exams (including retakes) ............................................. 31 4.3.4 Facilities for those with functional limitations ...................................................... 33 4.3.5 Proof of identity required for written exams ........................................................ 33 4.3.6 Procedures during exams ................................................................................... 34 4.4 Assessment ............................................................................................................... 34 4.4.1 Assigning the marks; viewing the exam .............................................................. 34 4.4.2 Irregularities / fraud ............................................................................................. 35 4.4.3 Keeping and returning exams ............................................................................. 36 4.4.4 Validity of results................................................................................................. 36 5 Certification 38 5.1 Procedure for awarding certificates ........................................................................... 38 5.2 ‘Cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit) ............................................................... 38 6 Timetables 40 6.1 Annual timetable ........................................................................................................ 40 6.2 Holidays and free days .............................................................................................. 40 6.3 Days and times of lessons ......................................................................................... 40 6.4 Opening hours of buildings ........................................................................................ 40 6.5 Timetable information and alterations ........................................................................ 40 7 Complaints, objections, appeals 42 7.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 42 7.2 Objections.................................................................................................................. 42 7.3 Appeals ..................................................................................................................... 43 7.3.1 Lodging an appeal .............................................................................................. 43 7.3.2 Further appeals................................................................................................... 44 7.4 Complaints................................................................................................................. 44 7.4.1 Submitting a complaint ....................................................................................... 44 7.4.2 Requesting a review of how a complaint has been dealt with ............................. 44 7.5 Undesirable behaviour............................................................................................... 45 7.6 Complaints, objections and appeals diagram ............................................................ 45 8 Student Affairs 46 8.1 Student support and guidance ................................................................................... 46 8.2 Talent Grant............................................................................................................... 46 8.3 Student counsellor ..................................................................................................... 47 8.4 Confidential counsellor .............................................................................................. 47 8.5 Students’ doctor......................................................................................................... 48 8.6 Student Psychologist Office ....................................................................................... 48 8.7 Mediation ................................................................................................................... 49 8.8 Studying with a functional limitation ........................................................................... 49 8.9 Improving your language and writing skills ................................................................ 50 8.10 Media centre .............................................................................................................. 50 8.11 International Office .................................................................................................... 50 8.11.1 Study abroad ................................................................................................... 50 8.11.2 Internship abroad ............................................................................................ 50 8.12 Student participation .................................................................................................. 51 8.12.1 Consultation bodies ......................................................................................... 51 8.12.2 Support for students who are involved with administrative duties ................... 51 8.13 Studium Generale...................................................................................................... 52 8.14 Student association ................................................................................................... 52 8.14.1 General ........................................................................................................... 52 3/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
8.14.2 Administrative grant ........................................................................................ 52 8.15 Top-level sport ........................................................................................................... 53 8.16 Trajectum................................................................................................................... 53 8.17 Sports ........................................................................................................................ 53 8.18 Safe, healthy, and environmentally-friendly study ..................................................... 53 8.19 Insurance cover: liability, accident, and travel ........................................................... 55 8.20 Having a job while studying ....................................................................................... 55 8.21 Accommodation ......................................................................................................... 56 9 About the HU 57 9.1 General information ................................................................................................... 57 9.1.1 Education profile of the HU ................................................................................. 57 9.1.2 Bachelor’s and Master’s system ......................................................................... 58 9.1.3 HU and faculty regulations .................................................................................. 59 9.1.4 Rules governing order ........................................................................................ 60 9.1.5 Quality assurance ............................................................................................... 60 9.1.6 HU organizational chart ...................................................................................... 61 9.1.7 HU locations ....................................................................................................... 61 9.2 General information on the faculty economics & management ................................. 61 9.2.1 General ............................................................................................................... 61 9.2.2 Organizational chart of the faculty ...................................................................... 61 9.2.3 Contact information ............................................................................................. 62 9.2.4 Floor plan ............................................................................................................ 62 9.2.5 Practical provisions and instructions ................................................................... 62 9.2.6 Facilities .............................................................................................................. 62 9.2.7 Enrolment for and unenrolling from the study programme .................................. 64 9.2.8 Admission test .................................................................................................... 65 9.2.9 Study costs, supplementary fees, and rebates ................................................... 66 9.2.9.1 Tuition fees...................................................................................................... 66 9.2.9.2 Costs of books and learning materials ............................................................ 67 9.2.9.3 Other costs ...................................................................................................... 67 9.2.9.4 Financial assistance ........................................................................................ 67 10 Course descriptions 69 11 Appendices 191 11.1 Teaching and Examination Regulations .................................................................... 191 11.2 Other regulations ....................................................................................................... 191
The definitive version of this Study Guide was accepted and approved by the faculty director on 12 July 2012.
4/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
1
Foreword
Dear Student, Welcome to the 2012-2013 Study Guide for International Business and Management Studies Bachelor’s programme. We hope you have an enjoyable and successful time as a student on our programme. This Study Guide contains important information and guidelines that can help you do just that. The HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht provides demand-driven and competency-based teaching. Competency-based means that you will possess all the competencies you need when embarking on your 1 professional career (see Section 2.1 .). Demand-driven means we aim to structure teaching and the related support activities so that you can develop during your time as a student in the way that you prefer and which best suits your needs. Below you will find information about the most important aspects of your course and the choices available to you. Influence of the students Many of the choices we offer have been devised or improved as a result of initiatives by your fellow students. The HU (University of Applied Sciences Utrecht) regards you as a partner – you are part of our knowledge community, so we greatly value your ideas and opinions. Your first opportunity to air your views is in the evaluations of every module, in which you can give your assessment and tips for improvements. We also organize dialogue sessions for each programme and in each faculty, in which we discuss your study programme and all the aspects related to it. The HU supports the active participation of students on Programme Committees and participatory bodies (8.12). Every year, we ask you to fill in the NSE (National Student Survey). And if there is a lecturer who has particularly impressed you, you can nominate him or her as the lecturer of the year! Excellence The HU acknowledges different types of excellence. If you get excellent results in your exams, your diploma may bear the words ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (‘with merit’) (5.2). However, you can also shine in other areas, like innovation and leadership, something the HU is keen to promote, and the SIRIUS programme has been developed for that purpose. You can collect ‘stars’, and if you are really outstanding, will be awarded the official designation of ‘Excellent Student’ (2.5.5.). In breadth, in depth Many study programmes have specializations, in which you can work on a particular part of your field in depth. In addition, most programmes have an optional subjects component (worth 30 EC; six months) that you can use to specialize in your own field or to learn about an entirely different field. This could be in your own faculty or at a different faculty; often, it is even possible to do a course at another educational establishment entirely (2.5.4). You can also put together your own exam programme – your study career advisor (2.8.1) can help you with this. Permission for this is required from the Board of Examiners of your study programme (2.6). There is also the ‘Studium Generale’ (the scientific discussion platform), which runs inspiring programmes. What else? You can also use your time as a student to broaden your mind, and to gain experience outside your regular studies. Examples that come to mind are studying abroad (8.11), or perhaps taking an active part in running your student association, social organization or students’ sports club? (8.14, 8.17) We have already mentioned participatory bodies and Programme Committees. If you are a leading practitioner of your sport, you could combine your sporting activities with a study programme (8.15). As you see, there is a huge range of options that the HU actively supports. Falling behind in your studies You may find that your studies are not progressing as you had hoped, for all kinds of reasons. If this happens because of something that is beyond your control, such as illness or problems in a relationship, 1
The numbers refer to the various Sections in the Study Guide 5/191
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
there are various schemes that you can use to get help. If you miss an exam because of your personal situation, you can request an extra retake (4.3.3). If you have not obtained enough study credits and are facing the possibility of being given a negative (binding) recommendation on continuing your studies, then you will be given help with a revised study schedule, which has to be taken into account by the Board of Examiners (8.3). And if you had a student grant in the past, and are still studying as a result of these circumstances beyond the term of your grant entitlement, then there is the possibility of receiving financial support (8.) In all these cases, you should report your situation as soon as possible to your study career advisor (2.8.1) or your student counsellor (8.3)! If you take too long with your studies, you could become a ‘long-term student’. To prevent this, study programmes sometimes provide extra catch-up courses. These are announced via your study programme’s intranet. And if you have a functional limitation, it may be that you need a longer time to complete your programme, but that is by no means always necessary. The HU has a wide range of facilities that can be useful to you in your studies (8.8). Problems and complaints Do you have any problems that are having a negative impact on your studies? Or questions because you don’t know where exactly to get assistance? See your study career advisor (2.8.1) or a student counsellor (8.3): they can give you advice or refer you to the appropriate person or department. If you have any complaints about your treatment by another student or employee, you can also speak to a confidential counsellor (8.4). For example, if people have problems working alongside others in your project group, involving our student mediators at an early stage can often prevent matters escalating and restore harmony to the group (8.7). In the event that something at the HU is not right or you disagree with a decision, every faculty and study programme has its own ‘complaints desk’ where you can lodge objections or submit complaints (7.1). What does the HU expect of you? We aim to provide you with a study programme and a study climate that enable you to develop as much as possible. We do not want to see this undermined by students committing acts of unacceptable behaviour (such as harassment, sending hate mails, verbal abuse or physical violence), so you are expected to adhere to our internal rules (9.1.4) To receive a diploma, it has to be genuinely earned. Fraud (4.4.2) is not tolerated. In particular, if it means that innocent students are affected because exam results are declared invalid, the penalties are severe. Both unacceptable behaviour and fraud may lead to the perpetrators being expelled from the study programme. As you see, there are plenty of opportunities to enjoy life as a student at the HU, most of which you will find in this Study Guide. Read it carefully, before you start your study programme. The table of contents can be used to locate any given item, but if you are still not clear or cannot find what you are looking for, look at your studyprogramme’s intranet or ask your study career advisor or at the Student Desk (2.8.3). We respect human values, global cultures and religions and we wish you a very fruitful and joyful time at our International Business School in this important phase of your life We hope you enjoy your time as a student and wish you the best of luck in the coming academic year. On behalf of all my colleagues who contribute towards your study programme,
Karin van Grafhorst Manager of the Institute of Business Administration
6/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
2 2.1
Organization of the study programme Professional profile 2.1.1
Profession
The professional field of the IBMS graduate is both broad and international. In practice, this means that his activities will constantly involve international contacts, demanding special knowledge and skills in various fields, such as intercultural relations and international trade. Flexibility and adaptability are core elements of his activities. Every assignment will be different, and he will have to use his reliability, empathy and powers of persuasion to co-operate with experts from various disciplines. His wide knowledge of organization, management, commerce, and business economics makes him a professional negotiator at management level, both internally and externally.
2.1.2
Details of professional profile
In its vision of international business, IBMS links sustainability, entrepreneurship and innovation. To guarantee continuity, especially in the field of small and medium-sized businesses, companies must continually look for an expansion of their powers of innovation with regard to international business. IBMS Utrecht has given its course its specific colour by incorporating Sustainable Entrepreneurship as a linking thread. Various projects in the first year are thematically linked to this subject. This approach will be continued in the subsequent years of study.
2.1.3
Competencies of a beginning professional practitioner
IBMS will concentrate on 9 professional competencies and 7 generic competencies (see 2.1.4). The professional competencies are listed in 3 groups: international business, general management and function key-areas. The 9 competencies are: International business competencies: 1 International business awareness 2 Intercultural competency General management competencies: 3 International strategic vision development 4 Business processes & change management 5 Entrepreneurial management Functional key-areas competencies: 6 International marketing and sales management 7 International supply chain management 8 International finance & accounting 9 International human resource management (HRM)
2.1.4
Graduate skills
The 7 generic competences are more directly related to skills and are listed in 3 groups: interpersonal skills, task-oriented skills and intra-personal skills. The 7 competencies are: Interpersonal competencies: 1 Leadership 2- Cooperation 3 Business Communication
7/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Task-oriented competencies: 4 Business research methods 5 Planning and organizing Intra-personal competencies: 6 Learning and self-development 7 Ethical and corporate responsibility
2.1.5
Field of work and employment functions
Basically, IBMS graduates are generalists with a truly international orientation. Consequently, they usually end up in one of many different positions ranging from account manager, PR manager, general manager or sales and marketing manager to international treasury manager or human resource manager. Some graduates prefer to start their own businesses or become consultants
2.2
Profile of study programme 2.2.1
Study programme objective
IBMS aims to prepare its students for a changing organizational environment which places demands on the acquisition of the knowledge and skills required of starting, international, broadly-oriented managers. The course provides a broad curriculum which covers all the fields of business and management. Within an international context, students work on their knowledge and skills in the fields of marketing, finance, management, human resource management and communication.
The HBO (‘Higher Vocational Education’) level of the study programme
2.2.2
IBMS prepares students for a management position in an international environment in the fields of marketing, finance and operational management. To realize this, the course provides students with a study programme which is up-to-date and professionally-oriented, and offers them the possibility to develop the competencies laid down nationally with regard to international business and management. The educational objectives and the programme of IBMS are related to the tertiary, professional education (HBO) qualifications of the Commissie Accreditatie Hoger Onderwijs (Tertiary Education Accreditation Commision) as well as to the Dublin prescriptions. The development of competencies has specific levels corresponding to the stages of the course. The levels vary as to the degree of independence and complexity of the task and/or context. Level 1
Level 2 Level 3
The ability to execute a simple task. The student has the basic knowledge and skills to apply the competence with guidance in a limited context. The student can apply the competence independently in a relatively clearly arranged situation. The student can apply the competence independently in a complex situation with complete control of the required skills.
2.2.3
Achieved by the end of year 1
Achieved by the end of year 2 (including the internship) Bachelor level
Didactic principles
The educational concept used in International Business and Management Studies is competency-based learning. The definition of a competency is “the ability to combine knowledge, skills and attitude to show expected behaviour when performing a professional task in an intercultural business context”. To develop competencies, students follow theoretical lectures and classes, undergo self-study for exams and write individual assignments. Students enhance professional skills through cases and projects in small teams, gain work experience on internships, and acquire international experience by studying abroad.
8/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
In competency-based learning, an important concept is reflection of individual professional development. Therefore, each student has a study career coach. Together with the student, this coach monitors study progress and the development of competencies. Study career counseling is important during the first year as well as during the main phase of the course, and information about it can be found in the course guides. The study career coaches support students in their study progress and development of competencies, and advise when there are personal problems. If there are personal circumstances leading to a delay in their studies, students can also contact (English speaking) student counselors and a psychologist. IBMS provides a complete English-taught course with international teachers, a literature list completely based on English-language publications, and an international in-school and out-of-school curriculum. This approach is important for the attitude of the student in the international professional environment. From the initial months of their study onwards, students are instructed in a way that makes it possible to understand each other, even if the command of the language or cultural differences make that hard. The group work, the presentations and the year abroad all reflect the sense of community which IBMS aims to create. The course provides a study environment in which the student, both individually and in a team, can work on the competencies leading to the final qualifications required by the course. To achieve this, the course and its study programmes are arranged according to specific lines of learning: The integrated line, in which application of knowledge takes place in projects; The skills line (including communication and language); The conceptual line, which focuses on knowledge and insight; The reflection line, which focuses on study skills and attitude; and The practice line, which focuses on working in the professional field. There are close links to the variety of didactic forms offered: lectures and training sessions, internships, project work and individual study career coaching. Wherever possible, learning takes place in a realistic environment, mostly in the form of project work as part of the course. Use is made of simulations, international video conferences, and playing the Intopia management game in competition with other courses in Europe. Didactic techniques The programmes are all taught in English by an international staff of teachers, with a literature list completely based on English-language publications and an international on-campus and external curriculum. This approach is important for the development of the appropriate attitude of students with respect to an international professional environment. From the initial months of their study onwards, students learn how to communicate and develop an understanding of others in complex situations where the command of the language or cultural differences make this difficult.
2.3
Organization of the study programme 2.3.1
Programme tracks
The FEM offers programme variants, which means that you can participate in a study programme full-time, part-time or in a sandwich course. However, the English-taught programmes only have full-time variants. IBMS is a full-time, undergraduate degree programme in English. The full-time study programme requires students to be available to study for 40 hours a week. Most students who opt to take this course come straight from secondary school or from secondary vocational education. Specialization IBEM IBMS offers a unique specialization called International Business for Emerging Markets (IBEM). This specialization focuses on economic and social business solutions for developing areas and emerging markets. The specialization programme International Business for Emerging Markets is 86 credits in total and consists of: six specific IBEM courses; the minor International Business in Emerging Markets, or a study abroad programme at one of our Kofi Annan Business School (KABS) partners (Kenia, Zambia, Tanzania; Indonesia; Nicaragua) or at a partner in an emerging market (for this third alternative you need special approval of the IBMS management); an internship/graduation assignment with a specific IBEM research subject. See also the table in section 2.3.5. 9/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Fast track A three year fast track programme is available for selected Dutch VWO and foreign A-level (or equivalent) students. An assessment procedure is part of the admission of this programme.
2.3.2
Abridged programme and fast-track
Abridged Abridged versions are possible for those who have obtained exemptions for part of the curriculum. For more information about exemptions, see Section 4.2 Fast-track The fast track programme IBMS or IBEM gives the student the opportunity to complete his/her bachelor studies in three years and thus to shorten the route to a university master. The programme consists of the full curriculum of 240 credits, which gives an average of 80 credits a year. Students must be very competent and motivated to complete this fast track successfully! The admission conditions are: Dutch VWO, or International Baccalaureate, or International A level, or Bulgarian secondary school diploma, or International diploma with Nuffic valuation on Dutch VWO level and The student has passed an intake assessment, which consists of a letter of motivation with resume and list of marks, a digital assessment (including a language and arithmetic test) and a written assessment, concluded with an in-depth assessment interview. Students who are admitted to the fast track programme must pass at the end of their first year of study all propedeuse courses in year 1 to be admitted to the fast track programme of year 2. As a pilot also non VWO students can be admitted to the fast track programme in the following situations: Students with matching propedeuse: admission from the start in term A, after passing the intake assessment. Non VWO students: admission in term C after meeting the following requirements: the student has completed all credits in term A and B (30 credits in total) with an average mark of 7.0 and has passed the intake assessment.
2.3.3
Certificates
As proof that you have completed the programme (or part of it) – the preliminary year, Associate Degree (AD), or Bachelor’s – the Board of Examiners issues you with a diploma, the Dutch legal term for which is ‘getuigschrift’. The following types of diploma are awarded: The ‘preliminary year’ diploma, for those who have successfully sat the preliminary year exam; The Bachelor’s degree diploma, for those who have successfully completed the final exam. The diploma is signed by the chairman and a member of the Board of Examiners. A European-model International Diploma Supplement (IDS) is added to the Bachelor’s diploma and the AD. The process involves no costs. The IDS provides information on the nature and the substance of the study programme and lists the results obtained by the graduate. This makes it easier for ‘outsiders’, including those from abroad, to appreciate what the study programme and diploma entail. For each study programme, you receive just one preliminary year and one Bachelor’s diploma. See Section 5.1. for the procedure by which diplomas are issued. In principle, diplomas are in Dutch, but an Englishlanguage version can be issued on request. The International Diploma Supplement is always in English.
10/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
If you have successfully completed more than one exam without gaining a degree, you can ask the Board of Examiners to issue a declaration listing the exams that you have passed. Like a diploma, the declaration is signed by the chairman and a member of the relevant Board of Examiners.
2.3.4
Degrees and titles
If you successfully complete a degree programme (Associate Degree or Bachelor’s) at the HU, you will earn a title, as well as a degree. The degree is granted by the Board of Examiners on behalf of the Executive Board. A degree confers the right to bear a title – Bachelor in the case of a Bachelor’s programme, and Associate Degree in the case of an Associate Degree programme. The subject or field in which the degree has been obtained is added to the degree title. The awarding of a Bachelor’s degree confers the right to list it after your name, abbreviated to ‘B’ (plus any additional information). Alternatively, you may use instead (so not as well as): The title ‘ingenieur’, abbreviated to ‘ing.’, preceding your name, if it concerns a study programme in the field of agriculture and the natural environment, or the field of technology; The title ‘baccalaureus’, abbreviated to ‘bc.’, preceding your name, if it concerns any other study programme. The awarding of an Associated Degree confers the right to list it after your name, abbreviated to AD (with any additional information).
2.3.5
Structure of the study programme
Academic phases The programme consists of two academic stages: the preliminary stage (propedeuse) and the main phase. The preliminary takes one year. This stage is concluded with a first year (propedeutic) certificate. After this stage is the main phase of three years, which concludes with the bachelor diploma of Business Administration. The main phase consists of a major programme, with obligatory course programmes for all students, and a minor programme or an optional subjects component , in which students can choose a package of courses of 30 credits in total. Statutory study duration, course load, and study points (credits) The work load of the programme, and the courses that make up the course load, are expressed in study points (credits) in accordance with the European Credit Transfer System. This credit system was introduced in 2004 to make higher education programmes comparable throughout Europe at the international level. The course load of each EC corresponds to 28 study hours (actual hours) including contact time. The standard bachelor‟s programme takes four years. The programme is built around an average course load of 60 credits, or 1,680 hours, per academic year. The total course load of the programme (teaching, self-study and internships) is therefore 240 credits. The credits are broken down across the study years as follows: First year: 60 credits Main phase: 180 credits Table of breakdown of course load over the entire programme: Main phase (180 credits) Preliminary year (60 credits)
Major (150 credits)
Optional subjects component (30 credits)
The course description of each course includes the course load, expressed in whole credits. See OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl). Credits are only awarded after the course in question is completed with the corresponding exams (and all sub-exams (if applicable)) 11/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
2.4
Preliminary year
The division of the study programme into a propaedeutic phase and a main phase has a good reason. The government has determined that the first year (‘propedeuse’) preparatory phase has three important functions: Orientation It is very important to choose a field of study that you feel comfortable with to ensure satisfactory progress. In the first year, the student learns about professional practice in the broad area covered by the programme and becomes familiar with the overall programme and the skills required to complete it. Attention is also paid to personal development and the motives for pursuing a degree. Selection Over the course of the year, the student becomes familiar enough with the programme to determine whether he or she has made the right choice. Did you choose the right programme? Can you handle the level of study? Are you making sufficient progress? The answers to these questions appear to be of great importance in predicting whether a student will graduate or not. At HU University, we take stock by providing individual advice concerning study progress, based on the study supervision process. This involves an assessment of the number of credits obtained. It is very important for you to be familiar with the standard that underpins advice concerning study progress, and with the rules associated with this standard. Please read section 2.4.2 Study Advice carefully, to avoid unpleasant surprises. This means that those who fail to meet the standard, and who are therefore given binding negative advice concerning continuation or discontinuation of studies, are not permitted to take the study programme. Referrals If you realize that you have not chosen the best programme for you, it is important to inform HU University at the appropriate time and discuss your doubts. It could be possible that you have made the wrong choice, but perhaps your concerns are exaggerated and you require more information before making a final decision. There are facilities to support you in cases of serious doubt about your studies. One possibility is to contact the Centre for Study Choice and complete a vocational test (www.centrumstudiekeuze.nl). Important: in the case of any doubts, please contact your study career coach in time to make changes.
2.4.1
Programme
The study programmes are determined for each academic year. The programmes in this study guide are valid for 2012-2013. For a summary of the first-year academic programme, see the detailed course list with course descriptions available in Osiris (www.osiris.hu.nl) and in the First year’s English Bachelor’s programme study guide 2012-2013.
2.4.2
Advice concerning study progress
Study advice will be given halfway the first study year (February) and at the eind of the first study year (July). As for that, please refer to First year’s English Bachelor’s programme study guide 2012-2013 for information about the standards of the advice.
2.4.3 Switching to another programme Due to the restricted entry requirement (‘numerus fixus’) to most FEM study programmes it is not possible to switch from IBMS to IMM or to a Dutch study programme during the academic year. To change to these programmes you must register for them before 15 May 2013 and participate in the national system of drawing lots. You will have to re-enroll for the next academic year. However, it might be possible to switch to IBMS before 1 November or before 1 February since this is not a study programme with a restricted
12/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
entry, but you do need to meet certain conditions since the entry requirements are not equal. The enrolment procedure must have been completed prior to the dates mentioned. The study career coach is your main point of contact, with whom you discuss your academic progress and your programme choice. You may only switch to if you have discussed this with your study career coach. If you do decide to switch and your study career coach agrees, please go to the Student Desk. They have to most accurate information about switching possibilities within the Faculty. At the Student you can retrieve a ‘Change of programme’ application form, that has to be handed in with the English Stream intake coordinator, Ms Laura Popma. You should also submit your official application to her.
2.5
Main phase
The second, third and fourth years of studies are called the main phase. The main phase comprises a major of 150 European credits (EC) and an optional subjects component (minor) of 30 EC. Students who have spent more than half their lives in the Netherlands are obliged to do their minor at a partner university outside the Netherlands. Students who have spent at least half their lives abroad may do their minor in the IBMS, elsewhere in the Netherlands or abroad. During the main phase, IBMS students do two internships: during the last term of Year 2 and the last two terms of Year 4. One must be done abroad. The second internship includes the graduation assignment. During the main phase, IBMS students must choose a foreign language; the chosen language must be completed on level B1 of the European Framework of References for Languages. In the curriculum German, Spanish and Dutch are regularly offered. As a temporary provision students may choose as a foreign language one of the following languages: French or Italian (both on B1 level), or Russian, Turkish, Portugese, Chinese (Mandarin) or Arabic (all on A2 level). These languages are not offered in the regular curriculum: the acquisition and assessment of the chosen language is a responsibility of the student himself; only certified institutes and certified assessments will be accepted. This alternative to German, Spanish or Dutch is only permitted after approval of the Board of Examiners. Other foreign languages than the abovementioned can be discussed and will be permitted only after approval of the management of IBMS and the Board of Examiners. When all main phase courses have been sufficiently completed, students can apply to the Board of Examiners for their Bachelor diploma.
2.5.1
Admission to main phase
Once you have successfully completed your preliminary year and received your diploma for that year, you will be admitted to the main phase of the study programme. If you have not yet completed your preliminary year, then it may be nonetheless possible to take courses in the main phase and sit exams for them, provided that: You have received a positive BSA on the continuation of your studies; You have the required prior knowledge for being able to take the course (in other words, you must meet the entry requirements). If you decide to take courses in the main phase of the programme before receiving a positive BSA as meant in Section 2.4.2, you should be aware that the norm for receiving a positive BSA on the continuation of your studies relates only to courses that have successfully been completed in the preliminary year part of the programme. So if you decide to take courses in the main phase but do not have a sufficient number of study credits from your preliminary year at the time that the BSA is issued, you may find yourself being given a negative BSA. This means you will have to leave the programme, regardless of how many study credits you may have gained in the main phase. Exempt students and exemptions If you have received a preliminary year diploma for a study programme from another institute and wish to be admitted to the main phase of a study programme at the HU on the basis of that diploma, you must 13/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
submit a request to that effect to the programme. The programme will then assess whether your diploma is acceptable. If you are admitted, you will not be able to obtain a preliminary diploma from the HU. See Section 4.2 (exemptions). Who already has earned (a part of) the preliminary year at another university (of applies sciences) may also enrol. Then you are an exempt student and you may qualify for exemptions in the preliminary year. Your Intake coordinator may give you an indiciation ot the number of exemptions when you enrol. After your enrolment, the Board of Examiners will discuss your petition to see if you actually qualify for exemptions. If the Board approves, you will receive an official notification and the exemption will be registered in Osiris. For more information about abridged routes see section 2.3.2.
2.5.2
Programmes
In each academic year, the programme department sets the curriculum of the main phase. This is valid only in the year for which it is set. Courses IBMS 2012-2013 four year programme track main phase Stage
Term
H1 H1 H1 H1
A or B A or B A or B A
H1 H1 H1 H1
A or B A or B A or B B
H1 H1 H1
C C C
H1
D
H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1
A B C A B C A B C
Stage H2
Term A+B or C+D
H2 H2 H2 H2 H2
A or C A or C A or C B or D B or D
Courses 2012-2013 Theme Strategy and International Marketing Strategy & Marketing 1 Strategy Strategy & Marketing 2 Global Marketing Business & IT 1 Quality Management Academic Skills 201 Theme Business and ICT Business & IT 2 AIS Project Management Business & IT Project NGO Academic Skills 202 Theme Global Sourcing Globalization Outsourcing Globalization Finance and Accounting International Business Plan Project Internship Internship 1 Electives languages Dutch 1 Dutch 2 Dutch 3 German 1 German 2 German 3 Spanish 1 Spanish 2 Spanish 3 Credit points main phase 1 in total
EC
Osiris code
3 3 3 3
MBIB-STRMAR1-08 MBIB-STRMAR2-08 MBIB-BUSIT1-08 MBIB-AS201-10
3 3 3 3
MBIB-BUSIT2-11 MBIB-PROMAN-11 MBIB-BUSITPRO-08 MBIB-AS202-11
3 3 6
MBIB-BLOBOUT-08 MBIB-GFINMAN-08 MBIB-INBUSPRO-08
15
MBIB-INTSH1-08
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 60
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08 MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08 MBIB-SPANISH3-08
Courses 2012-2013 Optional subjects component (see also section 2.5.4) Organizational Behaviour and HRM Business Ethics International Sales Management Business English 3 Argumentation International Economics
EC 30
Osiris code
3 3 6 3 3
MBIB-OBHRM-11 MBIB-BUSETHI-09 MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 MBIB-BUSENGAR-10 MBIB-INTECO-00
14/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
H2
B or D
H2 H2 H2
A+B or C+D A+B or C+D A+B or C+D
Stage H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3
Term A A A A B B B A+B or C+D Year
H3 H3 H3
A+B A+B A=B
Corporate Finance Electives languages Dutch Beginners 3 German Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 3 Credit points main phase 2 in total
6
MBIB-CORPFIN-09
6 6 6 60
MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-SPABEG3-01
Courses 2012-2013 Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2 International Finance 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 International Finance 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Intopia Graduation Project Research Skills Internship/Graduation Project Electives languages Dutch Beginners 4 German Beginners 4 Spanish Beginners 4 Credit points main phase 2 in total
EC 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 30
Osiris code MBIB-SMM1-10 MBIB-SMM2-10 MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-GLSCM1-10 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-GLSCM2-10 MBIB-INTOPIA-01 MBIB-GRPRRESK-09 MBIB-INTGRAD-11
3 3 3 60
MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 MBIB-GB4-10 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
Courses IBMS 2012-2013 specialization IBEM four year programme track main phase Stage
Term
H1 H1 H1 H1 H1
A or B A or B A or B A A
H1 H1 H1 H1
A or B A or B B B
H1 H1 H1
C C C
H1
D
H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1
A B C A B C A B
Courses 2012-2013 Theme Strategy and International Marketing Strategy & Marketing 1 Strategy Strategy & Marketing 2 Global Marketing Business & IT 1 Quality Management Development, CSR and Business Ethics 1 Academic Skills 201 Theme Business and ICT Business & IT 2 AIS Project Management Development, CSR and Business Ethics 2 Academic Skills 202 Theme Global Sourcing Globalization Outsourcing Globalization Finance and Accounting International Business Plan Project Internship Internship 1 Electives languages Dutch 1 Dutch 2 Dutch 3 German 1 German 2 German 3 Spanish 1 Spanish 2
EC
Osiris code
3 3 3 3 3
MBIB-STRMAR1-08 MBIB-STRMAR2-08 MBIB-BUSIT1-08 MBIB-DEVCSR1-10 MBIB-AS201-10
3 3 3 3
MBIB-BUSIT2-11 MBIB-PROMAN-11 MBIB-DEVCSR2-10 MBIB-AS202-11
3 3 3
MBIB-BLOBOUT-08 MBIB-GFINMAN-08 MBIB-INBUSPRO-11
15
MBIB-INTSH1-08
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08 MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08
15/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
H1
C
Spanish 3 Credit points main phase 1 in total
3 60
MBIB-SPANISH3-08
Stage H2
Term A+B or C+D
EC 30
Osiris code
H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2
A or C A or C A or C B or D B or D B or D
3 3 6 3 3 6
MBIB-OBHRM-11 MBIB-BUSETHI-09 MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 MBIB-BUSENGAR-10 MBIB-INTECO-00 MBIB-CORPFIN-09
H2 H2 H2
A+B or C+D A+B or C+D A+B or C+D
Courses 2012-2013 Optional subjects component (see also section 2.5.4) Organizational Behaviour and HRM Business Ethics International Sales Management Business English 3 Argumentation International Economics Corporate Finance Electives languages Dutch Beginners 3 German Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 3 Credit points main phase 2 in total
6 6 6 60
MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-SPABEG3-01
Stage H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3
Term A A A A B B B A+B or C+D Year
EC 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 30
Osiris code MBIB-SMM1-10 MBIB-SMM2-10 MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-GLSCM1-10 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-GLSCM2-10 MBIB-INTOPIA-01 MBIB-GRPRRESK-09 MBIB-INTGRAD-11
H3 H3 H3
A+B A+B A=B
Courses 2012-2013 Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2 International Finance 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 International Finance 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Intopia Graduation Project Research Skills Internship/Graduation Project Electives languages Dutch Beginners 4 German Beginners 4 Spanish Beginners 4 Credit points main phase 2 in total
3 3 3 60
MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 MBIB-GB4-10 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
Courses IBMS 2012-2013 fast track (FT) programme IBMS (cohort 2011) Stage FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2
Term A A A A A A B B B B B B C C C C
Courses 2012-2013 Strategy & Marketing 1 Strategy Strategy & Marketing 2 Global Marketing International Finance 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 Development, CSR and Business Ethics 1 Being Creative in Business Project Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2 International Finance 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Development, CSR and Business Ethics 2 Being Creative in Business Project Business IT2 AIS International Sales Management Corporate Finance Being Creative in Business Project
EC 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 12 3 6 6 9
Osiris code MBIB-STRMAR1-08 MBIB-STRMAR2-08 MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-GLSCM1-10 MBIB-DEVCSR1-10 MBIB-CREABUS-12 MBIB-SMM1-10 MBIB-SMM2-10 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-GLSCM2-10 MBIB-DEVCSR2-10 MBIB-CREABUS-12 MBIB-BUSIT2-11 MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 MBIB-CORPFIN-09 MBIB-CREABUS-12 16/191
© Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
FT year 2
D
Internship Credit Points FT year 2 in total
15 81
MBIB-INTERSH1-08
Stage FT Year 3 FT Year 3
Term A+B C+D
Courses 2012-2013 Optional subjects component (see section 2.5.4) Internship Graduation Project Assessment courses Third year: electives* Dutch 1 Dutch 2 Dutch 3 Dutch Beginners 3 Dutch Beginners 4 German 1 German 2 German 3 German Beginners 3 German Beginners 4 Spanish 1 Spanish 2 Spanish 3 Spanish Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 4 Credit points FT year 3 in total * Electives: highest level will be assessed
EC 30 30
Osiris code
3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 78
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08 MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-GB4-10 MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08 MBIB-SPANISH3-08 MBIB-SPABEG3-01 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
EC 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 12 3 6 6 9 15 81 EC 30 30
Osiris code MBIB-STRMAR1-08 MBIB-STRMAR2-08 MBIB-INTFIN1-09 MBIB-GLSCM1-10 MBIB-DEVCSR1-10 MBIB-CREABUS-12 MBIB-SMM1-10 MBIB-SMM2-10 MBIB-INTFIN2-09 MBIB-GLSCM2-10 MBIB-DEVCSR2-10 MBIB-CREABUS-12 MBIB-BUSIT2-11 MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 MBIB-CORPFIN-09 MBIB-CREABUS-12 MBIB-INTERSH1-08
3 3 3
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 MBIB-DUTCH2-08 MBIB-DUTCH3-08
FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3
MBIB-INTGRAD-11
Courses IMBS 2012-2013 fast track (FT) programme (cohort 2011) Stage FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2 FT year 2
Term A A A A A A B B B B B B C C C C D
Stage FT Year 3 FT Year 3
Term A+B C+D
FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3
Courses 2012-2013 Strategy & Marketing 1 Strategy Strategy & Marketing 2 Global Marketing International Finance 1 Global Supply Chain Management 1 Development, CSR and Business Ethics 1 Being Creative in Business Project Strategic Marketing Management 1 Strategic Marketing Management 2 International Finance 2 Global Supply Chain Management 2 Development, CSR and Business Ethics 2 Being Creative in Business Project Business IT2 AIS International Sales Management Corporate Finance Being Creative in Business Project Internship Credits points FT year 2 in total Courses 2012-2013 Optional subjects component (see section 2.5.4) Internship Graduation Project Assessment courses Third year: electives* Dutch 1 Dutch 2 Dutch 3
Osiris code MBIB-INTGRAD-11
17/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3 FT Year 3
2.5.3
Dutch Beginners 3 Dutch Beginners 4 German 1 German 2 German 3 German Beginners 3 German Beginners 4 Spanish 1 Spanish 2 Spanish 3 Spanish Beginners 3 Spanish Beginners 4 Credit points FT year 3 in total * Electives: highest level will be assessed
6 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 78
MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 MBIB-GERMAN1-08 MBIB-GERMAN2-08 MBIB-GERMAN3-08 MBIB-GERBEG3-00 MBIB-GB4-10 MBIB-SPANISH1-08 MBIB-SPANISH2-08 MBIB-SPANISH3-08 MBIB-SPABEG3-01 MBIB-SPABEG4-01
Internships and value of internships
IBMS contains two internships. Internship 1 is worth 15 European credits (EC) and takes place in Term D of Year 2. Students may not do Internship 1 until they have successfully completed Year 1. The second internship involves a graduation project and is worth 30 European credits (EC). Year 4 students do Internship 2 in Terms C and D. Before doing Internship 2, students must have successfully completed Year 1 and Internship 1, and have at least 108 European credits (EC) in the main phase. IBMS students must do at least one internship abroad. Forms, rules and regulations, and procedures for the internships can be found on the informationsite Internship Office FEM on the intranet.
2.5.4
Optional course profile (minor)
The main phase of the IBMS programme comprises a major worth 150 European credits (EC) and a minor worth 30 EC. The major involves all the obligatory IBMS courses in Years 2, 3 and 4. For the minor, students may choose their own courses during the first two terms of Year 3. IBMS students who have spent more than half their lives in the Netherlands must go to a partner university for their minor. There is a lot of choice but a coach will be appointed to check the courses you choose. They must be at third year level and must not overlap with obligatory IBMS courses. Moreover, you will be advised to consider your future career when making your choice. As a temporary provision IBMS students may choose for a minor or a premaster programme at home. In this case the student must complete a 30 credits programme equivalent to IBMS major courses abroad. For this temporary provision a student must consult the study abroad coordinator and he must have permission of the Board of Examiners. Fast track students may complete their optional profile courses at a partner university abroad, or they may choose for a premaster programme at home.
2.5.5
Excellence
Within the FEM there are two possibilities to stand out: via the Topclass programme or the Sirius programme. Topclass The FEM has a Topclass for students who wish to do more during their bachelor’s programme. Starting in the second year, the main phase, a limited group of talented, ambitious students may participate in the Topclass, to take additional courses (in English) to distinguish yourself from other bachelor students and to get prepared for a Master’s programme.
18/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Participating in the Topclass programme means an extra challenge and extra effort. It is an extension and intensification of the regular bachelor’s programme. In an inspriring group of students and lecturers you work focused on professional skills, with special focus on consultancy, project management, international work and research. Topclass is intended for a select group of students who scored above average in their prelimineray year. As a Topclass-student you will be offered an extra programme during the main phase (year 2, 3 and 4) with a total of 30 credits. The programme is highly multidisciplinary as you will work (for example) as a junior advisor for an external project led by one of our lecturers. If you participate with success in this programme you will receive an honourable mention on your bachelor’s degree, plus a letter of recommendation of the Executive Board of Hogeschool Utrecht University of Applied Sciences. You will not only develop a professional consultancy attitude (through consultancy assignments in the regional business), but also a broad perspective, because a part of your study programme is at a business school abroad and to participate in multidisciplinary projects. In the pre-master phase, you do an applied research. Sirius The HU excellence programme offers you as a student the opportunity to have activities you have undertaken to be recognized as an excellent achievement. The basis of excellence is formed by the ‘stars system’. Five aspects of excellence – leadership, reflective professional and expertise; vision, motivation and passion; internationalization; innovation and dissemination – are operationalized in assessment criteria. You can demonstrate excellence in each of these aspects, which will earn you a star. In order to gain the Excellent designation in full, you must have shown excellence in more than one aspect and, in principle, have invested at least six months of your study time in it. Activities that are eligible can be suggested by both the HU and yourself. They are assessed on the basis of a fixed procedure. The Board of Examiners has the task of procedurally safeguarding the assessment policies. Information on excellence in your faculty can be found on the informationsite at https://intranet.sharepoint.hu.nl/HUD/info/sirius/FEM/English/Pages/default.aspx Procedures Achieving aspects of excellence 1) You can take part in programme projects that lead to the awarding of one or more stars, or come up with suggestions yourself for activities or projects of your own that could be considered for stars. In the case of the latter, you should put your proposal to the relevant examiner or your study programme Excellence Committee. 2) The examiner or assessment committee will assess the proposal in accordance with the established procedure and will inform you about the outcome. 3) In the event of a positive decision, you should complete your activities, where necessary. They will be assessed by the relevant examiner or Excellence Committee in accordance with the established criteria. Achievements that are recognized as sufficiently excellent will be registered as such. Obtaining written recognition of excellence 1) If you believe you can demonstrate that you have met all the criteria for achieving recognition for ‘excellence’, you should present your achievements to an Excellence Committee. 2) In the event of achieving recognition for ‘excellence’, you will receive a written document to that effect when you graduate. You will also receive a written document for the individual stars you obtain; this will state clearly which aspects/stars are involved.
19/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
2.5.6
Graduating
Studying at the HU involves concluding your programme with a graduation exam, which you can only pass if you have met the final achievement levels of the programme. Exemptions are never granted for the graduation exam or any part of it. In other words, anyone wishing to obtain a diploma must successfully complete the graduation exam. The requirements and criteria for graduation projects and reports are stipulated in graduation manuals, compliance with which will be strictly observed by the internship coordinator and the Board of Examiners. . Every graduation project will consist of research, what will form the basis of an advising report. The research proposal will be about a problem in a (SME) company. Before carrying out the graduation project, it will extensively be tested on feasibility. The final degree will be established by the company coach, lecturer and committee. The appraisal of the company coach should be sufficient, in other words, the benefits of the graduation projects needs to be clearly showed before the student is allowed defend its report. Please note that there must be a period of at least one month between applying for the preliminary year (propedeuse) certificate and the Bachelor's degree. For more information about the exam and the diploma, and for unenrolling after graduation, see Section 5.1. Digital submission and publication of theses and research articles The HU is one of the Institutes of Higher Education that is actively involved in the HBO Knowledge Base, in which publications such as theses and research articles produced in these institutes are made available in digital form to any interested party anywhere in the world. Conversely, they can also be of use for those involved in teaching and research. If you obtain a mark of 7 (out of 10) or higher for your thesis, then you may have it digitally published on the HBO Knowledge Base free of charge. One important precondition for this is that the company where you worked on your internship agrees, and that your thesis does not contain any confidential information. For more information, go to www.hbo-kennisbank.nl
2.5.7
Follow-up options
Because of the broad scope of IBMS as a bachelor of business administration course, students can enter Master courses in Business Administration, Marketing and Finance. For most Master courses on University of Science level a pre-master course is required.
2.6
Board of Examiners 2.6.1
Establishment and appointments
A Board of Examiners operates for every study programme at the HU. The Board of Examiners supervises the quality of testing and is the body that issues diplomas on behalf of the Executive Board. The Boards of Examiners reach their decisions independently from the management of the study programme. The faculty has Boards of Examiners for the following programmes or groups of programmes: The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Business Administration; (BM, IBMS Bedrijfskunde MER, LE Bachelor’s programmes and the Intercedent, BM AD programmes and FM and BM in Amersfoort); The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Business Economics; (BE, AC and FSM Bachelor’s programmes and the Accountancy AD programme); The Board of Examiners for the Institute for Marketing & Commerce; (IBL and CE Bachelor’s programmes and the Assistant Marketeer AD programme). The Board of Examiners of the FEM in Utrecht meets regularly once a week, except during student holidays. To be able to take legal decisions, at least two members need to be present at a meeting. In case of emergency, the (vice-) chairman is allowed to take decisions individually. The other members of the 20/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Exam Bord will be informed about this the first coming meeting. To get in touch with the Board of Examiners see section 2.6.4.
2.6.2
Composition
Check the informationsite of the Board of Examiners for the most up to date information to see the members of your Board of Examiners. You can find this informationsite via your study programme’s intranet. Every Board of Examiners is made up of at least three members, namely a Chairman, a Vice-Chairman and one or more members. The members of the Board of Examiners are appointed by the Faculty Board. The Board of Examiners can be contacted by email via
[email protected]
2.6.3
Powers and responsibilities
The powers and responsibilities of the Board of Examiners are laid down in Chapter 4 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and in the HU Board of Examiners Faculty Regulations. Among the responsibilities of the Board of Examiners is to ensure that the rules relating to teaching and exams, as laid down in the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and study guides are correctly implemented. In addition, the Board safeguards the quality of the exams, gives advice with regard to policy formulation, appoints examiners, grants exemptions, gives advice on study progress, and awards diplomas. In addition to the frame of reference in the previously mentioned regulations, the Board of Examiners may also lay down rules with regard to: Procedures during written exams (examination regulations); Invigilation during written exams (instructions to invigilators); Procedures during oral exams (examination protocol); Setting and assessing exams (examination guidelines); Imposing penalties for irregularities (fraud procedure), including declaring exam results invalid.
2.6.4
Petitions
The lecturers/examiners and the Board of Examiners implement the rules contained in the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and in the Study Guide. If you believe that a deviation from the rules should be applied in your case – an extra opportunity to sit an exam, for example, or a different exam schedule – then you may submit a petition to the Board of Examiners, but be sure to do so in time. For example, if you would like to sit an exam during a forthcoming exam term, you should remember that the Board of Examiners will require a period of three weeks in which to deal with your request. All petitions must be accompanied by the following information: a. Your name, address, and student registration number; b. Date; c. Your request, and the reason for it; d. The study programme and type (full-time, part-time, dual) for which you are enrolled; e. Any documentary evidence. If you wish to make a request to the Board of Examiners on the grounds of the Teachting and Examination Regulations, Study Guide or course guides, you can submit a petition. This also counts for dispensations for study points as regulated by the study guide and course guides. The Board of Examiners only takes your petition in consideration if it has been submitted by the designated form. Petitions which are incomplete will not be taken in condideration. Please check the information site of the Examination Board via your study programme’s intranet for further conditions tot hand in a petition. Here you can also find the digital form. Bes Sure to submit your request in good time. 21/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
The Board of Examiners should inform the student within three weeks after recipt of the petition about the decision. Please note! Additional rules apply to requests for exemptions – see Section 4.2. There is a difference between a request and an objection or appeal. You should submit a request if you wish to obtain a decision from the Board of Examiners. If you do not agree with a decision of the Board of Examiners, you may lodge an objection (and appeal). This works as follows: You submit an objection no more than two weeks (the time limit for objections) after you have received the decision of the Board of Examiners, directly to the Board of Examiners or via the legal protection office of the faculty; The general principle is that the Board of Examiners must reach a decision within two weeks of receiving the objection; If you do not agree with the decision on your objection, you have the option of appealing against it. You should do this through the HU Legal Protection for Students office. Appeals are dealt with by the Board of Appeals concerning Examinations. The period during which an appeal may be lodged is six weeks after you receive the decision on your objection from the Board of Examiners. For more information on submitting an objection or appeal, see Chapter 7 or go to www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl.
2.7
Kick-off academic year, excursions, work weeks, and training courses
Kick-off programmes, excursions, work weeks, etc., are part of the teaching programme. Consequently, participation is mandatory. Students who are prevented from participating in field trip, work weeks, training and guidance days due to circumstances beyond their control and/or personal circumstances (including financial difficulties), may be eligible to complete a substitute assignment. Requests for substitute assignments can be submitted to the Board of Examiners. See Section 2.6.4.
2.8
Facilities 2.8.1
Study career planning
They function as a link between you, as a student, and your study programme: you can contact them for any questions or problems you may have in relation to your studies. This could involve such matters as your study progress, or the options available to you in the curriculum. If you receive an interim negative study advice on the continuation of your studies, your study career advisor will help you draw up a study plan. During group meetings and individual interviews with your coach, you will reflect on experiences associated with your studies, your choice of a profession and the possibilities for your future career. On the basis of this self-reflection and your study objectives, you will build up a study career portfolio and create a personal development plan for your future career. Study career planning is a process in which students learn how to direct and plan their studies and career paths. Some of the goals are to: help you adjust to your new study environment help you reflect on your progress and get the most out of your studies ensure you know about the BSA help you develop professional competencies advise you about your future studies and career help you decide whether you have the necessary competencies and drive for your future career help you make optimal use of the facilities and time available to achieve maximum academic success Although you will meet your coach regularly, there might be other times when you have a question or problem. Do not hesitate to contact your coach. You can make an appointment during your coach’s walk-in 22/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
hours, by telephone or by email. After receiving a cautionary interim study advice in February you are obliged to set up a study plan in consultation with your study career coach. The intensity of study career planning will decrease gradually over the course of your studies. Should there be special circumstances that might delay your studies, report them as soon as possible to your coach and a student counsellor. Student counsellors can advise you on a large number of matters and also help you personally during your studies if desired. They can, for instance, help you with registration and deregistration, study options, further education questions, personal problems, study delay, financial support information, binding study advice, study grant information, facilities for people with disabilities, HU top sport regulation information, and Board of Appeal objections and appeals procedures. For our international students the international student advisor (ISA) Ms Elma Kronemeijer can help you with specific problems that international students face when living in the Netherlands.
2.8.2 2.8.2.1
IT facilities General
The HU provides a number of standard IT facilities, which you can access using your HU user name and password. You will receive these by e-mail, shortly before you are due to start your studies, after which you will be able to log on to: Your own e-mail address ; The computers at the HU. You can also use the wireless network inside the HU buildings to log on to your own laptop (Eduroam, www.eduroam.nl) ; The online catalogue of the media centre (www.catalogus.hu.nl) ; The HU intranet (https://intranet.sharepoint.hu.nl) ; Your own space for storing files (My Site, via your study programme’s intranet) ; OSIRIS Student (www.osiris.hu.nl) ; A number of public sites, such as Surfspot (www.surfspot.nl). You can use this to buy hardware and software at reduced rates. More information about the IT facilities and current developments can be found on the IT website (www.ict.hu.nl).
2.8.2.2
Student mail
Students at HU are given their own e-mail address. This is an important channel of communication for keeping you up to date with the latest information regarding your study programme; in fact, it is the only communication channel that is used for this purpose. You can use your HU user name and password. It is your responsibility to check your HU e-mails on a regular basis. You can also use your student mail to contact your fellow students and lecturers. Every e-mail address can be found in the address book, and there is also a diary, a to-do list, and a list of contact persons. In addition, you can have mail automatically sent to your private e-mail address, and of course it is possible to synchronize your mail, to-do list and contact persons with your mobile or Smartphone.
2.8.2.3
SharePoint
The HU intranet runs on Microsoft SharePoint. Within HU we use this intranet for passing on information to users. SharePoint works best with the Microsoft Officepack, which makes it easy to work jointly on documents, presentations or spreadsheets. Intranet (https://intranet.sharepoint.hu.nl) The HU intranet contains information from every faculty, institute, study programmes and HU service department. All information relating to education and the organization can be found here. 23/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Your study programme’s intranet contains links to coursesites, informationsites, notifications and important HU-related data, which lecturers are off sick and the latest news of your study programme, the faculty and HU. Courses Every course has a coursesite and can be traced via your study programme’s intranet. The use of these sites can vary from the exchange of study material – such as PowerPoint presentations by lecturers – to working in collaboration with your fellow students on projects or assignments or submit a rapport. MySite MySite is a personal page on the intranet. You can use it to keep files that you can open and alter both at home and at the HU. You can also create workspaces where you can work either by yourself or with other students on projects, papers, or assignments. In addition, you can create a blog with which to share your knowledge with others. If you want look up more information about your lecturer check their MySite.
2.8.2.4
OSIRIS Student
OSIRIS stands for ‘Onderwijs en Studenten Informatie, Registratie en Inschrijf Systeem’ (teaching and student information, records and enrolment system). The HU uses this system to record students’ progress – it contains your details, exam results, and information on which exams you have enrolled for. Every student can access OSIRIS via www.osiris.hu.nl. Once you have logged on, you can use the following basic functionalities: View your exam results Using the ‘Resultaten’ (results) tab, you can see the marks you have gained for your last 15 exams (including interim exams), and there is a statistical overview of the average marks achieved for each exam. If you would like to view all your results in the current academic year, click on the ‘Voortgang’ (progress) tab. Under ‘Dossier’ (file), you will find an overview of all your results from throughout your time at the HU. You can choose yourself whether to view all your results or just those from the main phase, for example. You should check the results as soon as they are online, and report any errors within four weeks of their being uploaded to OSIRIS to the examiner whose name is listed alongside the result in question, or to the Board of Examiners. Study progress If you would like to know which subjects you still need to do before being able to graduate, go to the ‘Voortgang’ (progress) tab. Under the ‘Studievoortgang’ (study progress) heading, select your study programme and indicate that you would like to view your ‘nog te volgen onderwijs’ (lessons still to be completed). OSIRIS will then compare your results with the curriculum, and will highlight which parts of the programme you have completed, and which you still need to do. Applying for exemptions You can fill in an application form for exemptions under ´Studievoortgang – vrijstelling aanvragen´ (study progress – applying for an exemption). Your curriculum will then be displayed; this serves as the basis for your exemption application, to be completed on the relevant form which you can then print off. More information about granting exemptions can be found in Section 4.2. Exam and course information Information about exams/tests, courses, minors and optional courses, and on how to enrol, can be found in OSIRIS. Enrolling for courses and exams Using the ‘Inschrijven’ (enrolment) tab, you can select with the help of a simple wizard whether you wish to enrol for a course, an exam, or a minor. This means, for example, that you can choose from the courses from the compulsory part of your curriculum, or look for a course from the complete range
24/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
on offer at the HU. Information about the enrolment period can be found in Section 4.3.3 of this Study Guide, and more details about enrolment are given in Section 3.2. Enrolment overview If you would like to know for which courses and exams you have enrolled, go to the ‘Inschrijven’ (enrolment) tab, and look under the ‘Overzicht inschrijvingen’ (enrolment overview) heading. The overview only displays the courses and exams that are being given at present or in the future. Confirmation of enrolment It sometimes happens that you think you have enrolled correctly for a course or exam, but there is no record of this in the relevant administration. To prevent this situation from arising, you receive a confirmation e-mail in your HU account each time you enrol. You should therefore always check that you have received this notice, and be careful not to delete it. Unenrolling from courses and exams If you have enrolled for a course or exam and now wish to unenrol from it, click on the ‘Uitschrijven’ (unenrol) tab. Check the components (courses or exams) from which you wish to unenrol, and select unenrol. Unenrolment from a course or exam is only possible during a set period. You will receive a confirmation e-mail of your unenrolment. Be careful not to delete it. Amending your personal details Use the ‘Personalia’ (personal details) tab to enter your change of address and to upload a passportsized photograph. This will be used for your student identity card, a new version of which will be sent to you every year. If any of the information in the personal details section is incorrect, you should contact the Enrolments Office. Changes of address can also be entered via Studielink. E-mail notification of results If you click on the ‘Aanvullende informatie’ (additional information) link, you can sign up to e-mails every time you receive a result. If 'E-mail resultaten' (e-mail results) is set to 'Aangemeld' (signed up), you will receive an e-mail whenever a result is entered into OSIRIS. If you have it set to 'Afgemeld' (not signed up), you will not.
2.8.2.5
Password
Your HU password expires after a period of time, and you will receive an automatic request to enter a new password. This can be done from any workplace at the HU. You can also change your password from home via www.inloggen.hu.nl. The new password must consist of eight characters and contain both letters and numerals. You can also use this website to reset your password in case you have forgotten your old one; a one-off text message containing the new password will be sent to you. Please note: different passwords are needed for some elements of your study programme. If you have any questions or need assistance in relation to your password, go to the Student Desk (see Section 2.8.3) or the www.ict.hu.nl website.
2.8.2.6
Information security and privacy
The HU attaches a great deal of value to information security. We have applied measures to our entire infrastructure to ensure the maximum possible protection from misuse of the data at HU. In addition, there are rules with regard to the use of the computers and the HU network – these are contained in the IT code of conduct (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). You are expected to know and adhere to these rules. As a user, you can also take steps to improve security: Do not leave any computer you have logged into unattended; Do not tell anyone else your password; Remove immediately letters and lists containing confidential information from the printer;
25/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Mail any questions or comments regarding the topic of confidentiality to
[email protected]. The HU also has privacy regulations based on the Dutch Data Protection Act, which deals with the protection of personal information. The regulations describe, among other things, what information is confidential and what rules apply with regard to how it is used. The www.ict.hu.nl website has more information on this.
2.8.2.7
Recording your study progress
Your study results are recorded in the HU digital study progress system, OSIRIS. See Section 2.8.2.4. Study progress is expressed in study credits in accordance with the European Credit Transfer System (ECs). For each course that you conclude with a pass, you will be awarded the ECs available for that course. No ECs are awarded for interim exams. See also Section 4.4.
2.8.3
Student desk
You can use the Student Desk for all educational questions, like: Questions about the organisation; Making appointments with student counsellors; Information on changing your registration or changing your study programme; General questions on the study programme, such as: timetables, exam timetables and availability of lecturers; Complaints via Tips & Dips 088 481 62 40 You can call the Student Desk on 088 481 62 01 or e-mail
[email protected]. You can also consult information at the information of the Student Desk via your study ptrogramme’s intranet. There you can also consult answers to frequently asked asked questions (FAQ’s) Student Desk opening hours: During teaching and organisation days: Monday to Friday from 9.00 to 16.00; During vacations: daily from 10.00 to 12.00 and 13.00 to 15.00 with the exception of days of obligation. During test days: daily from 30 minutes before the start of the first exam until 30 minutes after the start of the last exam.
2.8.4
Study association
The aim of study associations is to help you enjoy your time as a student as much as possible. Study associations not only organize fun and social activities, but they also help you become involved with your programme, the HU, and your future professional field. The study associations at HU are united in the OSHU umbrella organization, which represents the interests of the various associations across the HU. For more information, go to the OSHU website: www.oshu.nl SV Forum is active at the FEM. You can find it in room 0.49 or reach them by telephone 088 481 63 47 or e-mail:
[email protected]
2.8.5
Programme committees
There is a programme committee for each study programme. The committees are advisory bodies to the institution management, advising on such matters as the content of lessons, study progress advice that is given and the practical components of study programmes. The programme committees always include students among their number. If you have a good idea for improving your study programme, be sure to let the programme committee know! If you would like to become a member of your programme committee yourself, you can stand as a candidate at the next elections. You can get more information from the coach for administrative participation by students, who can be reached at
[email protected]. The coach also provides support to the
26/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
programme committees. The e-mailaddress of the GOC for the Institute of Business Administration is:
[email protected]
2.9
Contact details
Information about the reachability of the management team or teachers can be found at the Student Desk (see section 2.8.3).
27/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
3 3.1
Courses Course participation
Your study programme curriculum is composed of ‘teaching units’, or courses. A course is a cohesive whole of the knowledge, insight, and skills to be acquired by the students, with a study load expressed in ECs. Each course is concluded with an exam. Every course is listed at the back of this Study Guide, and they are all published in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) before the start of the academic year, as well as in the course descriptions in Section 3.5.
3.2
Enrolling for courses
You can only take a course if you have enrolled in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) on time. You are responsible for doing this yourself, so you should always check to see if you are enrolled and print off the confirmation notice that you receive. If you are not correctly enrolled, you will not be able to take the course. It is possible to enrol (and unenrol) up to two weeks before the start of the term in which the course lessons take place. If you have enrolled for a course, you will be automatically enrolled for the first regular exam following the course. Should you not wish to take this exam, you must unenrol yourself from it no later than lessonweek 6. See Section 4.3.3. During the academic year you can only enroll yourself once for a course. This can only be waived after a decision from the Board of Examiners, requested by the student. If you enrol for a minor, this means you are enrolled for all the courses that make up the minor. In article 32 part 6 OER-HU is included that for minors and courses of choice it is possible that the FEM may decide to cancel one in case not enough students have registered (with an exception for all international students). Overview of the dates for enrolling for and unenrolling from courses: Teaching term Date Fri. 07-09-2012 Term A (block 1) Fri. 16-11-2012 Term B (block 2) Fri. 08-02-2013 Term C (block 3) Fri. 19-04-2013 Term D (block 4)
3.3
Obligation to attend
It is very important for the sake of your study progress that you attend every lesson. You not only learn from your lecturer, but also through interacting with your fellow students. Year in, year out, it has been shown that students who attend every lesson perform better in their studies and complete their programme more quickly. For some courses, attendance is compulsory: this is stated in the course descriptions. See Section 3.5
3.4
Entry requirements
Every course is subject to certain entry requirements - see the course descriptions in Chapter 10. If you do not meet these requirements, you may not take the course unless the Board of Examiners has given you permission to do so. For more information about the procedure for applying for such permission, see Section 2.6.4.
3.5
Course descriptions
The descriptions of the courses in your study programme, which contain all relevant information, are listed at the back of this Study Guide. See art. 18 en 19 OER-HU.
28/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
4
Exams
4.1
Introduction
Regular exams Each course concludes with an exam, designed to test your knowledge, insight, and skills. An exam may take the form of a test of the professional attitude of a student. The primary purpose of an exam, including group-based exams, is to compare what individual students have learned with the set objectives of the course. The Board of Examiners appoints the examiners who will set and mark the exams, and enter the results into OSIRIS. An exam can be split into more than one interim exam. An exam pass is defined as one for which a mark of 5.5 (out of 10) or more has been awarded – marks are rounded up to whole numbers (see Section 4.4.1.). If interim exams have been held, the exam as a whole is deemed to have been passed only when every interim exam has been taken, and when their collective results are sufficient for a pass. The course descriptions detail the weightings given to each interim exam, including any interim exams for which a minimum mark must be obtained. Final exams Every study programme has two sets of final exams: at the end of the preliminary year and of the main phase. To pass these exams, you must fulfil the preset norms. This means that all the exams for the relevant stage of study must have been passed, and all the required ECs obtained (60 for the preliminary year, and 180 for the main phase). You can only take the exam at the end of the main phase if you have successfully completed the preliminary year. As soon as you have completed the preliminary year or main phase programme, the Board of Examiners will assess your results at their next meeting. If you have passed and have complied with all the other obligations in relation to the study programme, then the Board of Examiners will award you a diploma. Procedural rules apply here: see Section 5.1. Graduation component Anyone wishing to obtain a diploma must successfully complete the graduation component. The graduation component is a form of final exam and may involve a graduation thesis, assignment or project. It could also be a combination of several related core courses from which a clear picture of your final level of attainment can be derived. The graduation component consists of at least 15 ECs, and no exemptions are possible (unless the exemption is granted before 1 September 2012). The graduation component may consist of one course, but also of multiple third and fourth-year courses as designated by the study programme. You may only embark on the graduation component if you have successfully completed all your obligations relating to your preliminary year. In principle, a representative from the relevant professional field is always involved as an advisor.
4.2
Exemptions
The Board of Examiners can grant you an exemption from exams and interim exams. This means you do not have to take the course in question and that you will be awarded the study credits that go with it. By law, an exemption may only be granted if you are enrolled at the HU. The HU has decided only to grant exemptions on the basis of exams that the student has already passed, as follows: Previous education, on the basis of which you were admitted to the study programme; Exams that you passed that formed part of an accredited study programme; Exams during a study programme, the quality safeguards of which are comparable to those of the accreditation system (see below). This is especially important in the case of foreign study programmes. In the Netherlands, ‘accredited’ means the study programme in question has been subjected to an independent external audit by the Accreditation Organisation of the Netherlands and Flanders. In practice, every HBO and WO study programme for which you can enrol via Studielink meets this criterion. If other study programmes are involved, primarily those from other countries, the Board of Examiners will investigate whether the quality of the programmes is safeguarded in a similar manner. 29/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
No exemptions are granted for the graduation component (project/thesis/assignment). It is true that in the past the HU was more generous in granting exemptions; any exemptions previously granted will continue to be valid and will not lapse. Exemptions are valid for six years and are granted by the Board of Examiners on the basis of the procedure listed in Article 40 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes 2012-2013. In exceptional cases, the Board of Examiners may deviate from the six-year period. See Section 2.6.4. for general information about the procedure for requesting exemptions. Note: if you have more than 15 study credits of exemptions in your preliminary year, this could affect the norm for receiving a positive recommendation on the continuation of your studies. More information about this is available in Section 2.4.2 of this Study Guide. Discuss first with your study career advisor whether it makes sense to apply for an exemption. Requests must always be accompanied by written documentary evidence (diploma, list of marks, declaration, etc.). Exemptions for subjects in the main phase may only be requested once you have formally been admitted to the main phase.
4.3
Organization of exams 4.3.1
Duration and form of exams
The purpose of exams is to test and assess the work you have done in your studies. This can take different forms, the most common of which are: Exams with closed questions; Exams with open-ended questions; Exams with multiple-choice questions; Papers or other forms of written assignments; Portfolios; Reflective reports; Creating and/or giving a presentation or carrying out a task; An oral exam. The course descriptions indicate whether or not an exam can be taken without your having taken the course. This is important if you believe you already possess the relevant competencies as a result of work, other experience or a non-recognized form of schooling. As mentioned above (4.2.), the HU only grants exemptions on the basis of previous schooling, and not on the basis of other forms of experience. However, by taking an exam for which no attendance on the preceding course is necessary, you can ‘convert’ your experience into something tangible and accelerate your progress in the study programme. The examiners set the assignments, questions and assessment criteria and ensure (together with others who are involved with the exam) that the required secrecy is observed until the candidates have been given the questions. The amount of time available for each exam is given in OSIRIS and on the question paper, and is also announced by the invigilator. In exceptional circumstances, exams may be extended or curtailed.
4.3.2
Exam timetable
Most exams are given during the exam term at the end of every term (every block). Your study programme department will inform you of your exam timetable (possibly as part of the semester timetable) via intranet. The timetable will be published no later than 5 weeks before the start of the exam term via the notice boards. You can use your yearly timetable to see in which term certain courses are concluded.
30/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Exam retakes are held in the week preceding the final week of the term, except the retakes for the exams held in the final term. For the preliminary year these retakes are timetabled in early July and for the main phase for the last full week in August, just before the start of the next academic year (which starts on 1 September). You can find more detailed information on your study programme’s intranet. The exam timetables give exact information on which day, at what time, and in which room the exams (or retakes) are being held.
4.3.3 Enrolling for and taking exams (including retakes) Enrolling for exams You may only take an exam if you have enrolled for it in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl) in time. You are responsible for this yourself, so you should always check to see whether you are enrolled and print off your confirmation notification. If you are not enrolled correctly, you may not take the exam. If you have enrolled for a course, you will be automatically enrolled for the first regular exam that follows it. If you do not wish to take the exam, you must unenrol from it no more than three weeks in advance. If you are enrolled for an exam but do not actually take it, your result will be recorded as ‘NA’ (‘not present’) in ORISIS. This is treated as an exam result, which means you will only have one more opportunity to sit the exam. Enrolling for exams that do not take place immediately after the course (that is, the retakes) is your responsibility. After deadline enrollment (post-enrollment) If you have not used the regular enrollment period, you can use the post-enrollment. Post-enrollment for written exams can only run in lecture weeks 5 and 6 (until Friday, 17.00hr) and you have to pay a fee of € 15,- per exam, with a maximum of € 60,- per semester. Post-enrollment by the Board of Examiners The Board of Examiners may, exceptionally, still enroll you for one of more extra exams in case of: Personal circumstances (e.g. serious illness) which made it impossible for you to enroll in time AND A study delay of at least 3 months occurs. If you send in a request based on you personal circumstances, your motivation has to be supported by a student counselor. See chapter 6 for exam timetables Table of enrolment dates for exams and retakes: Teaching term Dates Monday 17 September 2012 – Monday 1 Ocotber 2012 (23.59hr) Term A (block 1) Monday 25 February 2013 – Monday 11 March 2013 (23.59 hr) Term B (block 2) Monday 6 May 2013 – Tuesday 21 May 2013 (23.59hr) Term C (block 3) Monday 1 July 2013 – Sunday 7 July 2013 (23.59hr) Term D (block 4) Monday 1 July 2013 – Monday 5 August 2013 (23.59hr) Term E (block 5) Number of exams / Retakes / Replacement assignment The number of times that an exam is held in one year is expressed in exam sittings. The number of times that a student may take the same exam is expressed in exam attempts. During the academic year, there are multiple dates for each course on which you may sit the exam. To find out when these dates are, see OSIRIS. Every academic year you have two attempts for a regular exam unless mentioned otherwise in OSIRIS or the courseguide.
31/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
For some courses there is only one possibility exam sitting, because the nature of the course is such that a retake is not reasonably possible in the same academic year. Examples include internships. The course descriptions in Chapter 3 show when this situation applies. For some of the courses there is only one attempt to take the exam, because a retake isn’t possible given to the nature of the course. For example, in the case of internships. In section 3.5 is enlisted when this occurs. A retake is only possible when the mark is below 5,5 (out of 10), unless there’s a section in the OER that the Board of Examiners may decide otherwise. Taking a retake annuls all previous results obtained for the exam in question. If you have run out of attempts at passing a particular exam, and have not yet passed it, you may request the Board of Examiners to grant you an extra attempt in the following circumstances. Events beyond your control If you are unable to take an exam because of events beyond your control, you should enroll for the retake. If you still haven’t passed the exam you should ask the Board of Examiners for an extra attempt at taking the exam. ‘Events beyond your control’ refers to one or more of the following: Illness; Physical or other functional disorder; Pregnancy; Exceptional family circumstances; Other situations, to be assessed by the Board of Examiners. The programme may also grant an extra exam attempt if it forms part of a policy aimed at students who have fallen behind with their studies (or who are likely to do so). Exam sittings in the event of failure to achieve BSA norm in the case of abridged route Students who: a. are taking an abridged programme and who therefore have more than 15 ECs of exemptions, and b. who, in their first enrolment year, are taking a programme set by the relevant department on account of their abridged route that includes courses from the main phase, may submit a request to the Board of Examiners to resit an exam during the final exam term for a module from the preliminary year that they have not yet successfully completed. The Board of Examiners will grant the request if there is a possibility that the student will be able to meet the BSA norm. Students more than three months behind schedule with their studies Students who: a. have taken the exam at least once, and b. who look likely to fall behind with their studies by at least three months; may submit a request to the Board of Examiners for an extra exam attempt. Exam sitting in the event that a course is altered or replaced The name, form, or substance of courses and exams may change or be replaced from one year to the next. In the academic year after any such change or replacement, two exam sittings will take place based on the old course. As well as an extra exam attempt, you may also ask the Board of Examiners for a replacement assignment. This means that you take the exam in a form other than the regular version. The Board of Examiners may grant such a request if; a. You have the right to an exam attempt, and b. You have already taken the regular exam at least twice, and c. A lecturer of the subject has given a positive recommendation regarding your request, and d. You are likely to fall behind schedule in your studies by at least three months.
32/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
The Board of Examiners will also give permission for a replacement assignment if the student is unable to take part in a compulsory introduction, excursion or work week as a result of events beyond his or her control or personal (including financial) circumstances.
4.3.4 Facilities for those with functional limitations General If you have a functional limitation or chronic illness, you can ask the Board of Examiners to modify facilities in order to allow you to take an exam in an amended form. If you fall into this category, you should contact the student counsellor as soon as possible (see Section 8.8). He will be able to advise you on the options available and to assist you with submitting your request. A functional limitation is defined as all physical, sensory and psychological conditions of a chronic – that is, of a long-term - nature. Some limitations are easily observable, such as sight impairment or a stutter. However, other conditions are not especially noticeable, if at all. Examples that come to mind are dyslexia, chronic fatigue, ADHD, RSI, rheumatoid arthritis, psychological conditions such as depression, forms of autism, such as PDD-NOS and Asperger’s Syndrome. See Section 8.8 for general information on studying with a functional limitation, and Section 2.6.4 for general information on the procedure for submitting a request to the Board of Examiners. You must submit any request for modified facilities to the Board of Examiners in writing and in good time, together with a statement from a specialist. ‘In good time’ means that the programme department has sufficient opportunity to deal with your request and to make the necessary logistical arrangements before the start of the exams to which it relates. The student counsellor can advise you on the submission of your request. Amenities and facilities The HU provides the following amenities: Modified exam material (such as a larger typeface, different coloured paper because of dyslexia or visual impairment); The use of a laptop during an exam; Extension of the duration of an exam; Physical amenities in the buildings (in relation to the accessibility, for example). It also provides the following facilities: Digital programs like Kurzweil, intended primarily for students with dyslexia; A place to rest; Student psychologists. General validity of amenities Any particular amenity granted by the Board of Examiners on account of a functional limitation or chronic illness will be valid for a limited time set by the Board. During the set term, you will be entitled to use the same amenity for taking another exam from a different study programme if: You have notified the Board of Examiners of the other programme at the time of your enrolment and before the exam; At the start of an exam, you can show the written decision stating that the amenity has been granted; The Board of Examiners of the other programme has not refused your request for an amenity (any refusal must be in writing, and include the reasons for the refusal, and should be communicated to you before the exam takes place). See art. 39 OER-HU
4.3.5 Proof of identity required for written exams To take a written exam, you must prove your identity using a valid HU student identity card. In addition, you should be able to prove your identity at all times with a valid identity document (see Section 9.2.5) – this is 33/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
to prevent fraud. You may be asked to produce this during an exam, so make sure you always have it with you. If you do not have a valid student identity card, then you may only take exams if you have a valid exam pass and identity document with you. The following documents (which must still be valid) are recognized as identity documents: passport, European ID card, Dutch or international driving licence or refugee document. If you do not have a student identity card because you have not yet received one, then you may apply for an exam pass in the week before the exam term (no charge is made for this). This is valid only for the exam term stated on the card. If you do not have a student identity card because you have lost it or because it has been stolen, then you may apply for an exam pass during the exam term. This is valid only on the day on which it is issued; the cost is €25 per pass, up to a maximum of €100 for each exam term. You are entitled to a reimbursement of the costs if you are able to prove that you lost your student identity card as a result of events beyond your control (such as by presenting an official report from the police in case of theft). Exam passes will only be issued if you: Are properly enrolled as a student at the HU; Show a valid identity document when making your application; Are enrolled for the exam in question.
4.3.6 Procedures during exams The rules applied to written exams can be found on the information site from the Board of Examiners.
4.4
Assessment 4.4.1 Assigning the marks; viewing the exam
Assessment of exams The marks given for exams (including interim exams) are expressed as follows: As a figure on a scale of 1 to 10, whole numbers only; As a figure on a scale of 1.0 to 10.0, and to one decimal place; 2 In words: VRY (exemption); Pass/Fail; Fail, Pass, Pass Plus, Good, Very Good, Excellent. The words correspond to the ten-point scale as follows: Excellent Very Good Good Pass Plus Pass Fail
10 9 8 7 6 ≤5
If you are enrolled for an exam but do not actually take it, your result will be recorded as ‘NA’ (not present) in ORISIS. This is treated as an exam result, which means you will only have one more opportunity to sit the exam, so if you do not wish to take an exam, make sure you unenrol from it in good time. No rights may be derived from any results communicated verbally.
2
Exemptions are shown as ‘VRY-O’ (on the basis of previous education) and, until the last academic year, as ‘VRY-A’ (on the basis of an assessment of a certified RPL agency), ‘VRY-E’ (on the basis of knowledge and skills acquired elsewhere without an RPL assessment), or VRY (unspecified).
34/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
A student is considered to have passed an exam (or interim exam) if they achieve a mark of 5.5 or a pass or better, or if they have been given a VRY-O. The mark in figures must be at least 5.5 before any rounding off. This means that if the mark is below 5.50, it will be rounded down to 5.4 (and subsequently to 5, if the marks are to be expressed in whole numbers only). In other words, a 5.49 will be rounded down to 5.4, and not up to 5.5, and the student will have failed the exam in question. If an exam consists of multiple interim exams, it may be that not only the weighted average mark should be sufficiently high, but also that the marks given for the individual exams should reach a certain minimum level. If there is such a minimum level, this is listed in the course descriptions in Chapter 10. If you complete an exam successfully, you will be awarded the ECs for the course in question. No ECs are awarded for passing interim exams. See art. 30, 31 en 34 OER-HU. Announcement of exam results As proof that a student has taken an exam, the results are announced by the relevant examiner or examiners in OSIRIS (www.osiris.hu.nl). Exam results are always under reservation of arithmetical, typing and other errors. You can print off lists of results from OSIRIS, and you should check them. You should report any possible errors to the examiner or Board of Examiners no more than four weeks after the publication of the results in OSIRIS. Marks in OSIRIS can still be amended after they have been checked, or if the norms have been changed, or if it is clear that an error occurred when the marks were being entered. After the four-week period following the publication of the marks, they are deemed to be definitive. They may only be altered subsequent to the four-week period with the approval of the Board of Examiners. See Article 37 paragraph 4 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes. For questions about marks or corrections, please contact the Student Desk, see section 2.8.3. 3
Exams results must be published within the following time frames : No later than three weeks after an exam has been sat; In the case of an oral exam, on the day of the exam itself. The result should be published in OSIRIS within three weeks. Viewing exams As a student, you have the right to view the exams you have done and which have been marked, whether for its own sake or as part of a post-exam consultation. You can view your work up to three weeks after the publication of the exam result, but no later than the resit. In exceptional cases, the Board of Examiners may deviate from this period, provided that the interests of students are not disproportionately harmed. The time at which exams may be viewed is given in the annual timetable. Students are not obliged to take part in any post-exam consultation or discussion, but you are entitled to view your written work during such meetings. You will also be given an explanation of why your exams were marked as they were. The lecturer presents the correct answers to the questions. The discussion also serves as an opportunity to raise any questions resulting from the comparison between your written work and the model answers presented by the lecturers. See art. 31 en 37 OER-HU.
4.4.2 Irregularities / fraud Fraud during exams is prohibited, and the penalties are severe. If you commit fraud (or are guilty of any other irregularities; see Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes, 2012-2013), the Board of Examiners can take one or more of the following measures: Exclusion from taking one or more exams for a period not exceeding one calendar year; Withholding of the diploma, declaration or certificate; 3
A week is a period of seven successive days. Public holidays listed in OSIRIS do not count for this purpose. 35/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Obligation to take a new exam on areas designated by the Board of Examiners, and in a form to be determined by the Board. In serious cases, the Board of Examiners will advise the faculty management to terminate your enrolment at the HU permanently. You will then not be able to re-enrol for the same study programme at the HU. This advice will be given if: 1. You have been guilty of irregularities on a previous occasion for which you were unable to take exams for at least six months, or; 2. There are aggravating circumstances, for example if criminal behaviour was involved such as: o Threatening behaviour or violence; o Using forged documents (such as diplomas and lists of marks); 3. You have in your possession, without the permission of the lecturer, the exam (or part of it) or information on how the exam norms are to be applied, having obtained them through theft, misappropriation, handling stolen goods, or from a fellow student, for example. You will be given a hearing before the Board of Examiners takes a decision. The Board will inform you of its decision as soon as possible, but within two weeks. For details of the procedure in full, see Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes (www.reglementen.hu.nl). If you unenrol upon receiving a penalty, then the penalty will be suspended and only reimposed when you re-enrol. The Board of Examiners is responsible for the quality of exams and may therefore be forced to take measures that also affect the interests of other students. This means that all exam results have to be declared null and void on occasions. It is also possible that the examiners or Board of Examiners have good reasons for suspecting that fraud has occurred, but that they do not have enough evidence and can therefore not impose a penalty. However, serious doubts remain in such cases about whether you have genuinely achieved your result through your own efforts. In that situation, the Board of Examiners may require that you take an additional exam. If you fail that, that is regarded as confirmation that the doubts were well-placed, and the result is annulled (code NV). If you pass the additional exam, then the original result from the first exam is upheld. Zie art. 38 OER-HU
4.4.3 Keeping and returning exams Every exam is kept for at least six months after publication of the results, or until a decision has been reached in any appeals procedure relating to the result. For graduation products, the period is two years from the date of certification. Exams and graduation projects that are stored digitally are kept for seven years. You can get back your exams at your own request only after the storage period has lapsed. However, you may obtain photocopies of your work in the meantime (for which costs are payable). Every document relating to: exam results (passes); exemptions; the student’s enrolment; the issuing of diplomas and declarations; is kept for a period of thirty years, in accordance with the HU Student Privacy Regulations. This is supervised by the institute or departmental director. See art. 41 OER-HU.
4.4.4 Validity of results
36/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
The results of exams, interim exams, internships and practical exercises are valid for six years, as are exemptions. Once it has lapsed, you may request the Board of Examiners to extend the validity, or it may rule that you must take an additional or replacement exam. Results from a successfully completed preliminary year and/or Associate Degree have unlimited validity. The validity of a result expires after 6 years. In your study list the not valid results are indicated with an asterisk. If the validity of your results expire, you can submit a request to the Board of Examinders through the form on their informationsite on the intranet. You will then ask for an extension of the validity of your results. For this purpose you must have a graduation plan to add. Without the graduation plan the Board of Examiners will not take your request in consideration. If the Board of Examiners will decide to extend your marks, she shall also indicate until what date this will be.
37/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
5
Certification
5.1
Procedure for awarding certificates
The Board of Examiners will only award a certificate (or diploma) when the faculty management has declared that the procedural requirements have been met. Before such a declaration is made, a check is carried out to make sure you have complied with all your obligations with regard to the study programme. This means that you must have passed every exam, that you are properly enrolled as a student, and that you have met all your payment obligations. In principle, the diploma will be in Dutch, but an English-language version will be awarded if you so request. The International Diploma Supplement, which is issued free of charge with the Bachelor’s diploma and the Associate Degree, is always in English. You can only receive one diploma for each study programme. If you already have a diploma for the programme in question, and you subsequently take extra courses or complete a second specialization, you will not receive a second diploma – instead, you will be given a declaration stating what you have done. Anyone who is entitled to receive a diploma may ask the Board of Examiners to postpone the awarding of it. You should request this in writing, stating your reasons, no later than one week before the date of your last exam or completion of your final research project. If you ask that you receive your diploma at a later time, there are two possible reasons for doing so: 1. You are still in the process of completing a second specialization. In this case, both specializations will be listed on your diploma, the date of which will be the date of your final exam of your second specialization. 2. You are still in the process of completing extra courses. In this case, your diploma will be awarded for the exams you have taken as part of your study programme, and will bear the date of the final exam from the programme. For the extra courses, you will receive an additional declaration. You can send a request to the Board of Examiners via the official form which can be found on the information site on the intranet. See art. 42 OER HU Please note! When you have obtained your diploma, you will have to unenrol yourself from the study programme via Studielink. This is not automatic. Your liability to pay tuition fees only lapses when you are unenrolled. Check the information site from the enrolment office for the most up to date information. If all course of the preliminary year have been completed or you have completed the main phase, you can apply for the propaedeutic or bachelor’s degree in Osiris.
5.2
‘Cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit)
If you achieve good marks, you may be eligible for a ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ (with merit) endorsement on your diploma. This is not done automatically: you have to apply for it yourself if you believe you should be considered for it. It is only included on your diploma if you have requested it in advance. In order to get such an endorsement, you must meet each of the following requirements: Cum laude endorsement (see Article 44 paragraph 1 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations) For each of the courses in the main phase (except any exemptions), you must have achieved a mark of at least 6.0 (this is the mark achieved before any rounding off of figures to the right of the decimal point); The weighted average of all the marks achieved in the main phase (except any exemptions, and not including interim exams) must have been at least 8.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); 38/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
The final mark of the graduation assignment or final thesis must have been at least 8.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); You have not been enrolled on the study programme for more than four academic years; You have not obtained more than 90 ECs in exemptions for the study programme in question; Results expressed with the words ‘Pass’, ‘Fail’ or ‘VRIJ’ do not count for the purposes of this assessment; the same is true for additional study credits (such as those obtained during an ‘excellent’ route). ‘Met genoegen’ (with merit) endorsement (see Article 44 paragraph 2 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations) For each of the courses in the main phase (except any exemptions), you must have achieved a mark of at least 6.0 (this is the mark achieved before any rounding off of figures to the right of the decimal point); The weighted average of all the marks achieved in the main phase (except any exemptions, and not including any interim exams) must have been at least 7.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); The final mark of the graduation assignment or final thesis must have been at least 7.0 (before any rounding off of the figures to the right of the decimal point); You have not been enrolled on the study programme for more than four academic years; You have not obtained more than 90 study credits in exemptions for the study programme in question; Results expressed with the words ‘Pass’, ‘Fail’ or ‘VRIJ’ do not count for the purposes of this assessment; the same is true for additional study credits (such as those obtained during an ‘excellent’ route). If you have been enrolled for more than four academic years as a result of acknowledged personal circumstances, the Board of Examiners may decide that you nonetheless should be considered for a ‘cum laude’ or ‘met genoegen’ endorsement, but you must have met all the other requirements. Scope The above only applies to you if you first took a course from the main phase of your study programme after 1 September 2005.
39/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
6
Timetables
6.1
Annual timetable
During both the preliminary year and the main phase, the curriculum is divided into five terms, A to E (or blocks 1 to 5). Terms A and B (blocks 1 and 2) together form one semester, as do terms C and D (blocks 3 and 4). Every year, an overview is drawn up of the terms for the forthcoming academic year, showing the weeks during which lessons will be given, the weeks during which exams will take place, and the holiday dates. The annual timetables of the faculties are available at www.roosters.hu.nl. The annual timetable for the study programme in the 2012-2013 academic year, divided into two semester timetables.
6.2
Holidays and free days
Holiday dates, 2012-2013 In the 2012-2013 academic year, the dates shown below will be compulsory holidays at the HU: Description Christmas holiday Compulsory free days, including public holidays Christmas Day and Boxing Day New Year’s Day Good Friday Easter Day and Easter Monday Queen’s Day Liberation Day Ascension Day Day after Ascension Day Whit Sunday and Whit Monday
6.3
Dates 24 December 2012 to 4 January 2013
25 and 26 December 2012 1 January 2013 29 March 2013 31 March and 1 April 2013 30 April 2013 5 May 2013 9 May 2013 10 May 2013 19 May and 20 May 2013
Days and times of lessons
Days on which lessons are given Lessons are timetabled from Monday to Friday, from 8.30hr to 18.00hr. Lessons can be planned after 18.00hr if a class room or a lecturer isn’t available. Lesson times All courses are timetabled in units of 10 minutes. When attending a lesson, you should make sure you arrive at the classroom on time. The following lesson times apply in the study programme.
6.4
Opening hours of buildings
The FEM is open Monday to Thursday from 07.00 to 18.00hr and on Friday from 07.00 to 22.00hr. Incidentally, the bulding is also on Tuesday open until 22.00hr. During holidays and exam terms there can be different opening hours. For current opening hours check Netpresenter (screensaver) or your study programme’s intranet.
6.5
Timetable information and alterations
40/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Business and Management Studies 2012-2013
Announcements about lessons and exams will be communicated via your study programme intranet and, wherever possible, via notice boards and your student mail. The same applies to corrections and additions to this Study Guide. The HU assumes that the postal address you have given to the student administration is correct and that you check your HU e-mail account on a regular basis. For each term, a weekly timetable will be set, listing which courses are being given at which time and by which lecturer, in which classroom and for which group. The idea is that you note the information that is relevant to you. This timetable will be published no later than one week before the start of the new term. Lecturer absent In the event that a lecturer is absent or ill, the programme will make every effort to ensure that lessons can continue. If a lesson is cancelled, you will be notified via your study programme’s intranet and, wherever possible, via the notice boards and your student mail. When the lecturer returns, he or she will discuss with you how the course material that was due to be covered in the lessons that were cancelled, will be dealt with. Student absent If you are ill, you must inform the lecturer if attendance on your course is compulsory. In the event that you are ill for a long time (or if you expect to be), you should inform your study career advisor as soon as possible and contact your student counsellor (see Section 8.2). Timetables, and timetable alterations, can be found on the timetable site: www.roosters.hu.nl.
41/191 © Hogeschool
Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
7
Complaints, objections, appeals
7.1
Introduction
If you do not agree with a decision, if you believe that another person has misbehaved towards you, or if something else is not as it should be, you can do something about it. The first step is to contact the person causing the problem directly, and to try to resolve it jointly. The HU expects lecturers, study career advisors and Boards of Examiners to be willing to listen to complaints and to do all they can to deal with them. But of course it is possible that you are unable to resolve situations in this way, or that you are not keen to speak to someone who has been harassing you. You then have the option of the ‘formal route’. The formal route at the HU exists on two levels, and is available to students and prospective students. The first level on which to pursue a matter is your faculty. This involves an objections or complaints procedure. You may submit your objection or complaint directly to the body concerned, but if you do not know where to go, or if you need advice, you can contact the faculty’s Legal Protection desk on
[email protected], which is located in the faculty at the Student Desk. A standard form is available on which you can describe your objection or complaint. The Legal Protection desk will ensure that it is delivered to the appropriate part of the faculty. The form can be found on the www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl website. The faculty desk may refer you to the student counsellor or, in the case of complaints about behaviour, to the confidential counsellor. They will be able to advise you about the procedures. Like the student mediators, they provide support for attempts at reaching solutions through discussions, thereby preventing the need for using official procedures. If the objections or complaints procedures at your faculty have not dealt with your objection or complaint to your satisfaction, you can submit an appeal (in the case of an objection) or a request for a review (in the case of a complaint) through the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk, who will ensure that they are dealt with by the appropriate body. The HU desk can also inform you about the procedures. You can also submit an appeal or complaint directly to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk – that is, without first going through the objections and complaints procedures in your faculty. However, the faculty procedures are specially designed to be quicker and less formal. If you do not agree with their outcome, you can always try the HU desk. You are therefore advised to always use the extra faculty option and submit your objections and complaints there. In the description that follows, it is assumed that this is what you would do. Take careful note of the time limits! If you submit an objection or complaint to the faculty, it should be within two weeks after the decision or event to which they relate. In the case of appeals and requests for a review, you should contact the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk within six weeks of the date on which the faculty reached its decision. The various procedures are explained below, and the procedure is illustrated in a diagram at the end of the chapter.
7.2
Objections
Objections may be made against decisions taken on the basis of the Teaching and Examination Regulations. These are decisions that are directly related to teaching and exams, such as exam assessment, amenities, and a binding negative recommendation on the continuation of your studies. It only concerns decisions that are aimed at you as an individual student. Decisions often state that you may submit an objection, but not always. For example, you may object if you believe that you have been given an incorrect mark for an exam you have taken, even though no mention is made of the option of objecting on the OSIRIS page where the marks are published. You should submit a written objection to the faculty desk or Board of Examiners within two weeks of the publication of the decision to which you object. A standard form is available for this purpose. If you hand in 42/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
your objection to the desk, it will ensure that it is sent on to the Board of Examiners. The Board of Examiners may ask you to give a verbal explanation of your objection, in which case you will be invited to attend a hearing. In principle, the Board of Examiners will reach a decision within two weeks of receiving your objection. You will be informed of the decision in writing. The decision will be based on a fresh assessment and must be substantiated. If your objection is upheld, the Board of Examiners will also make a new decision on the matter in question. If your objection is rejected, the original decision will stand. In the event of the latter, you may submit an appeal to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk within six weeks of the announcement of the ruling on your objection. It is also possible to object to a decision taken by your departmental or faculty management – in the case of a refusal to provide a particular amenity, for example, or if a disciplinary measure has been imposed. The same procedure applies in this case. The complete objections procedure is described in the Legal Protection for Students Regulations, and the procedure relating to the Board of Examiners is dealt with in Article 45 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes (www.reglementen.hu.nl). You can contact the Board of Examiners FEM via
[email protected] and via the HU Legal Protection via the Student Desk,
[email protected] or 088 481 62 01
7.3
Appeals 7.3.1
Lodging an appeal
You can appeal against decisions and against decisions on objections that have been taken on the grounds of the Teaching and Examination Regulations, such as exam marks, amenities, and binding negative recommendations on the continuation of your studies. This is also the case with decisions on objections relating to other matters, including enrolment on and unenrolment from the study programme, financial matters, disciplinary measures, and so on. Within six weeks of the announcement of a decision, you may submit a written appeal to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. You can do this digitally, via
[email protected], but you must also send it by post, and sign it. The HU desk will make sure that your appeal is dealt with by the appropriate body. This may be the Board of Appeal for Examinations (for most decisions taken by the Board of Examiners) or the Disputes Advice Committee (decisions taken by the programme or faculty management on the basis of the Higher Education and Research Act). These are independent bodies operating across the HU to which students (including prospective and external students) can appeal. In other words, they have no links to any particular faculty or study programme. Your appeal must be signed and contain at least the following: Your name, student registration number, your home address, and telephone number; The name of the faculty and department/study programme on which you are enrolled; The date; A clear description of the decision (with date) against which the appeal is directed, including the name of the person or body that took the decision; The ground or grounds on which your appeal is based; What you are demanding, described as accurately as possible. You must also enclose a copy of the disputed decision. Send your appeal to: HU-Loket Rechtbescherming Studenten, Postbus 573, 3500 AN Utrecht. If your appeal is to be dealt with by the Board of Appeal concerning Examinations, it will first decide whether it is well-founded or unfounded. If your appeal is deemed well-founded, this often means that the 43/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Board of Examiners that took the original decision will have to take a new one. The Board of Appeal concerning Examinations does not make that decision itself. If your appeal is declared unfounded, the original decision stands. If your appeal is to be dealt with by the Disputes Advice Committee, it will investigate the matter at hand before issuing a recommendation to the Executive Board, which will take a decision on the basis of that recommendation. The Disputes Advice Committee also advises the Executive Board on whether your appeal is well-founded or unfounded. If the Executive Board accepts the recommendation, it will order the management to take a new decision in the event that the appeal is deemed well-founded. The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations (www.reglementen.hu.nl) describe the procedures in greater detail. For more information, go to www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl. Information and advice can also be obtained from your student counsellor (see Section 8.2) or the secretarial offices of the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk, tel. 088-4818594.
7.3.2
Further appeals
If you do not agree with the verdict of the Board of Appeal concerning Examinations or the decision of the Executive Board, you may lodge an appeal externally, to the Higher Education Appeal Board in The Hague. Information about the procedure and time limits can be found on the following website: www.cbho.nl. See H 9 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Students.
7.4
Complaints 7.4.1 Submitting a complaint
There are some decisions and forms of behaviour by other students or employees against whom you cannot make an objection, but you can still submit a complaint. This should be done within two weeks, and here, too, you can use the standard form, which you can download from www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl. You can submit your complaint to the faculty desk at the Student Desk or directly to the body concerned. The faculty desk will ensure that your complaint is dealt with by the appropriate body. The procedure is very similar to that for objections. The body that deals with your complaint may give you an opportunity to attend a hearing. If your complaint relates to a fellow student or an employee, they will always be given an opportunity to respond to your complaint. In principle, you can expect a decision about your complaint to be made within two weeks. If you do not agree with this decision, you can submit a request for a review of the decision, within six weeks, to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. You can also submit an oral complaint to the faculty desk, in which case the standard form will be filled in on the spot. The procedure does not apply to decisions of a general nature. You can reach HU Legal Protection for Students Desk / Tips & Dips via Student Desk:
[email protected] or by telephone: 088 481 62 01 or 088 481 62 64 Check www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl for the standard complaint form. See art.8 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten.
7.4.2 Requesting a review of how a complaint has been dealt with If you are not satisfied with how the faculty has dealt with your complaint, you can submit a request that it be reviewed to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. This must be done within six weeks from the decision taken as a result of your complaint. You can submit your request for a review digitally, to
[email protected], but you must also sign it and send it by post, to: HU-Loket Rechtbescherming Studenten, Postbus 573, 3500 AN Utrecht.
44/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
The HU Legal Protection for Students Desk will ensure that your request is dealt with by the appropriate body. For most complaints, this is the Student Complaints Committee, unless your complaint concerns undesirable behaviour, in which case it will be dealt with by the Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee. See Section 7.5, below. These are both independent complaints bodies that operate across the HU and have no links to any of the faculties. They make recommendations to the Executive Board, which then reaches a decision. The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations and the Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour (www.reglementen.hu.nl) describe the procedures in greater detail. See H 10 Reglement Rechtsbescherming Studenten en H4 Reglement inzake Ongewenst Gedrag.
7.5
Undesirable behaviour
It may be the case that your complaint relates to conduct that is so intimidating that it falls under the rules governing undesirable behaviour. This could be verbal or sexual harassment, for example, the consequences of which can be very serious. The faculty desk will always refer you to the option of contacting a confidential counsellor (see 8.4). If you submit a complaint, you may decide to have it dealt with by the faculty (the complaint will be investigated either by the programme director or by someone acting on his behalf) or to place it before the HU Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee. The complaint will then be forwarded to the HU Legal Protection for Students Desk. The time limit for submitting a complaint about undesirable behaviour is two years after the behaviour in question has occurred. See art.1.8 Begripsbepaling en art. 19 Termijnen Reglement Ongewenst Gedrag.
7.6
Complaints, objections and appeals diagram
Issue? Step 1: Direct approach (informal) Objections procedure Step 2: Faculty desk Complaints procedure
Board of Appeal concerning Examinations Step 3: HU desk
Disputes Advice Committee Student Complaints Committee
Undesirable Behaviour Complaints Committee /FG-P
45/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
8 8.1
Student Affairs Student support and guidance
Introduction As an HBO graduate, you are supposed to be able to act independently, so you will be encouraged during the study programme to do so and to show initiative. Our type of teaching stimulates critical and independent learning through problem-driven and project-based lessons. This means that you are responsible for your own learning process and study progress. The study programmes at the HU provide the right preconditions and the right type of support. The programme provides support and guidance for students in the various facets of the studying and learning process. We make a distinction between four types of guidance: that which relates to the actual programme content, to study-related skills, to your study progress, and to personal problems, whether study-related or otherwise. The HU assumes that you will seek out these forms of support and guidance on your own initiative. Support and guidance in relation to your study progress As a student, you are entitled to the services of a study career advisor, who will help you in the development of your competencies. Based on your competency development and your results, he or she will monitor your study progress and act accordingly. The tasks of the study career advisor include: Monitoring and discussing your study results; Together with you, drawing up a study plan in the event that you have received an interim warning on the continuation of your studies; Advising you on the choices that are important in the context of your study programme; Referring you to a student counsellor if your questions and problems are not directly related to your studies (personal circumstances, student grants, objections and appeals). See for more information about study support and guidance section 2.8.1.
8.2
Talent Grant
The Talent Grant is a provision for financial support for students, and consists of four different schemes. Graduation support scheme This grant enables HU students who have fallen behind in their studies as a result of exceptional circumstances during the period of receiving their regular student grant to complete their studies as soon as possible, or to continue with them. Administrative grant scheme Students who are members of the administration of an association may be eligible for an administrative grant. The scheme explains how HU students who perform recognized administrative activities, either during or within twelve months of the end of the period in which they are entitled to a regular grant, can receive assistance. See Section 8.13.2. Knowledge grants Financial support for non-EEA students who have to pay institutional tuition fees instead of statutory tuition fees. Top-level sport scheme The HU has a number of arrangements in place that allow students who also compete in sports at a high level to combine their activities as effectively as possible. The arrangements are made available on the basis of the individual circumstances of the student.
46/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Each of the schemes is described in a separate chapter. The Talent Grant also includes provisions of a general nature, which apply to all these forms of support. The Talent Grant only covers full-time or dual students at the HU who first received a regular student grant on or after 1 September 1996 for a study programme at the HU or any other higher education institution or university (performance-related grant students). See www.reglementen.hu.nl for information on the Talent Grant. It is important that you notify your student counsellor of any exceptional circumstances affecting you in order to increase your chances later of being eligible for Talent Grant support. See Section X.
8.3
Student counsellor
HU student counsellors give you information, advice and guidance. Every faculty and HU Amersfoort has one or more student counsellors. They are there to support you in dealing with questions or problems during your studies. Student counsellors can also refer you to other bodies or individuals, such as the HU psychologist or HU doctor. Everything you discuss remains confidential. The student counsellors are bound by the HU Student Counsellor Regulations and the Code of Conduct of the HU Student Counsellor Platform. Study progress and personal circumstances You may find yourself falling behind in your studies as a result of family or relationship problems, for example. Psychological problems, chronic or other illness or a functional limitation may also hinder your progress, or it could be that you need to interrupt your studies because of a long stay in hospital. Another possible obstacle is the fear of failure. The student counsellor can help you clear up the problem and look for solutions. He can also help you look for other forms of assistance. Study advice and procedures The student counsellors have an advisory function in the procedure by which recommendations for continuation of studies are issued if there are exceptional circumstances. They are very well versed with the regulations in which the rights and obligations of students and those of the HU are set down. The student counsellors can give you advice and support if you are involved with an objection or appeals procedure. They are the people to contact if you have doubts about your studies, your choice of profession or if you need advice on follow-up study programmes. Financial matters Financial problems can be a headache, especially when you are in a real emergency situation and find yourself without any money, as a result of events beyond your control, for example. In some cases, you can apply for financial assistance from the Talent Grant. Your student counsellor will be able to advise you on this. For more information, go to www.studentendecanaat.hu.nl. See also Article 40 of the Student Charter and the HU Student Counsellor Regulations (www.reglementen.hu.nl). Study Choice Centre If you have doubts about your study programme, if you are stuck in a rut, or if you would like to continue studying after your Bachelor’s degree, you can go to the Study Choice Centre, a joint HU and Utrecht University initiative. Here, you can get advice and ask for support in relation to your choice of study. For more information, go to www.centrumstudiekeuze.nl.
8.4
Confidential counsellor
The confidential counsellor is available for anyone, students and employees alike, who is (or has been) the victim of undesirable behaviour. Examples of undesirable behaviour are physical violence, aggression, verbal and sexual harassment, discrimination, dishonesty, and racism. However, it also extends to inappropriate touching, jokes made in 47/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
poor taste, harassment and intimidating e-mails or text messages. Everyone determines for themselves the boundaries beyond which no-one else should go. In other words, people have different ideas of what constitutes undesirable behaviour: this could be due to differences in background and upbringing. Undesirable behaviour can have a profound effect on people, sometimes to the extent that it makes them ill. Many people believe that the behaviour will end if it is ignored, but this is rarely the case. Anyone who is affected by undesirable behaviour, in whatever form, will require courage to talk about it. Experience has shown time and again that talking helps, and for that you can go to the confidential counsellor. Your anonymity will be guaranteed and your information will be treated as confidential. If you contact the confidential counsellor, he or she and you will together look at how the undesirable behaviour can be stopped as soon as possible. Whatever action is taken, you will be consulted first – nothing is done without your consent. If you wish, the confidential counsellor can provide you with support for an extended period of time. The ‘Vertrouwenspersoon voor studenten en medewerkers’ (confidential advisor for students and employees) brochure is available from the confidential advisor and the Student Desk. More information is also available at www.studentzaken.hu.nl. The Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour and other relevant information can be found on the public website of the HU confidential advisors: www.vertrouwenspersoon.hu.nl. See Article 51 of the Student Charter and the Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour (www.reglementen.hu.nl). If you would like to report undesirable behaviour, you are free to approach any confidential advisor, including those in a faculty other than your own. Confidential advisor for FEM are: Tilly Hoppe Marco Oteman
8.5
FEM FEM
[email protected] [email protected]
088 481 64 30 088 481 62 35
Students’ doctor
If you come to Utrecht not just to study, but also to live, you must register with the Utrecht city council. Under the terms of your healthcare insurance, you are also obliged to register with a doctor in Utrecht. As a student, you can register with the Huisartsenpraktijk Campus Uithof via www.huisartsdeuithof.nl, regardless of where you live in Utrecht. This general practice operates from two addresses in the city, on Uithof in Casa Confetti (Leuvenplein 10-11) and in the Galgenwaard stadium (Herculesplein 379). If you miss exams or have to suspend your studies through illness, or if you have to apply for support from the Talent Grant, you may sometimes have to provide a doctor’s note. Not every GP is prepared to issue a note on behalf of a third party. In addition, the Royal Dutch Medical Association has put out a guideline stating that the doctor treating a patient is not the right person to write such a note. Whenever you need a statement about your health, you should first ask your own GP. If he cannot or will not provide you with one, then you can go to the students’ doctor. The only person who can refer you to the students’ doctor is the student counsellor (see Section 8.3). The HU students’ doctor is Huisartsenmaatschap Therapeuticum Utrecht, telephone (030) 275 95 00, Dekhuyzenstraat 60, 3572 WN in Utrecht.
8.6
Student Psychologist Office
It may be that you encounter difficulties during your studies. This could be directly related to your studies, but it could also be of a more personal nature and have a negative impact on your study progress. If you are unable to resolve your situation yourself, you can contact the HU Student Psychologist Office, which is based in Utrecht and Amersfoort. Over the course of several conversations with you, the psychologist will look for a solution to your problems. The maximum number of conversations is eight (of fifty minutes’ duration), but it is possible you
48/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
will not need that amount. As well as individual consultations, the Student Psychologist Office organizes group training courses on matters such as fighting fear of failure, assertiveness, and the ‘Niet Piekeren’ (don’t worry) course, in cooperation with Indigo. It may be that the help offered by the students’ psychologist does not meet your problems or expectations. In that case, the Student Psychologist Office will be able to assist you in finding other organizations that offer help. To get in contact with the Student Psychologist Office, you first need to be referred by a student counsellor, so you should contact him or her in order to get a referral. You will then be able to drop by or call by phone during the consultation hours. Everything is confidential. Apart from yourself and the Student Psychologist Office, nobody will know about the nature of your conversation. If you wish – and the choice is entirely yours – you may involve other people. For students, these services are free of charge. You can find more information at www.bureaustudentenpsychologen.hu.nl.
8.7
Mediation
Are you having trouble working alongside a fellow student? Are you locked in a dispute with your lecturer? Are there problems in your student accommodation? There is a good chance that a student mediator can help! Mediation is a way of resolving disputes. Together you look for a solution, assisted by a neutral and independent mediator. The mediator gives you the opportunity to discuss every area of disagreement, helps re-establish lines of communication and improve the relationship between the relevant parties. Mediators do not put forward any solutions themselves, but help you find the solutions that best suit everybody. If you would like to know more about student mediation, of if you would like to use the services of one, contact HU Mediation for advice or help on (088) 4819838 or www.mediation.hu.nl. You can find more information at www.mediation.hu.nl or www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl.
8.8
Studying with a functional limitation
If you have a functional limitation or a chronic illness, we advise you to contact a student counsellor in your faculty at the start of the academic year, even if you do not think you will need any help. You can contact him or her by mail, telephone, or by calling in person. The www.studentendecanaat.hu.nl site has details of the student counsellors in your faculty. Having a functional limitation or a chronic illness can cause you to fall behind in your studies or even drop out of studying altogether. Modifications and provisions It is a good idea to inform your study career advisor and a student counsellor in your faculty of any limitations you have as soon as possible, so that any provisions that may be needed can be arranged in good time. In an intake conversation with a student counsellor in your faculty, you can discuss what functional limitation or chronic illness you have and what problems may occur during your studies. This is followed by an examination of what provisions or measures need to be taken, if any. The student counsellor will give an indication of how realistic it will be to make the necessary modifications in order for your to be able to study successfully; if something is impossible, they will mention that too. If no measures are needed (yet), the student counsellor will discuss the next steps to be taken in the event that problems do occur. Naturally, everything you discuss with the student counsellor will be in complete confidence. What is a functional limitation? A functional limitation is defined as all physical, sensory and psychological conditions of a chronic – that is, of a long-term – nature. Some limitations are easily observable, but other conditions are not especially noticeable, if at all. Examples that come to mind are dyslexia, chronic fatigue, ADHD, RSI, rheumatoid
49/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
arthritis, psychological conditions such as depression, forms of autism, such as PDD-NOS and Asperger’s Syndrome. More information about studying with a functional limitation or chronic illness can be found in Section 4.3.4 of this Study Guide, and at www.onbelemmerdstuderen.hu.nl.
8.9
Improving your language and writing skills
If you have problems with spoken and written Dutch, ask your student counsellor for information about the available options for improving them. You can also use the digital language desk for the same purpose, at www.taalloket.hu.nl, or take a course at the James Boswell Instituut. See www.jbi.uu.nl
8.10
Media centre
As an HU student, you can use your student identity card to gain free admission to all HU media centres. You are also entitled to free membership of the Utrecht University Library. As well as books and journals, the media centres have an extensive digital collection, and you can use the www.mediatheek.hu.nl website to visit the media centres digitally. The site also gives you access to the HU catalogue in which you can search in all the media centre collections. In addition, you have access to reference works and internet sources that are relevant to education at the HU. In addition, each faculty has its own portal in which the sources for individual subjects are located together. See Article 41 of the Student Charter (www.reglementen.hu.nl).
8.11
International Office
HU students are given the opportunity to go abroad to study or go on an internship. For some students, it is actually a compulsory part of their Bachelor’s programme, while all other students can use their optional subjects component for this purpose. With regard to student exchange schemes, the HU focuses on European partners, although it has had contacts for many years with partners in countries outside Europe, such as China, Thailand, and South Africa. If you are interested in spending six months studying in another European country, such as France, the UK, Germany, or Spain, or further afield, like Canada, the United States, China, the International Office will be able to help you. There is an International Office desk at the FEM and HU Amersfoort. At HU Oudenoord 330, there is a Student Service Desk for questions of a general nature. Here you can also pick up relevant forms and the ‘Study & Internship Abroad Guide’. There is also more information about locations and opening times at www.io.hu.nl. For more specific questions, your best option is to make an appointment on (088) 481 89 28 or at
[email protected]. Alternatively, you can come to the ‘Wil Weg Dag’ to find out about studying and internships abroad. This event is organized by the International Office every year, on the second Tuesday in October.
8.11.1
Study abroad
The HU has a large number of partner universities inside and outside Europe that operate student exchange schemes. Contacts with these partner universities are maintained by the International Office, which can also organize your enrolment there. It provides any relevant information to the partner university during your stay abroad, and it collects and processes all the evaluations and exam marks upon your return. If you would like to sign up for an HU exchange programme and international minor, go to www.io.hu.nl and look under Study Abroad for the options, conditions and forms. Another useful section is Grants & Scholarships. NOTE: the deadline for signing up to study abroad is at the end of January – in other words, it is not the same as for other minors. The exact date will be announced via your study programme’s intranet.
8.11.2
Internship abroad
If you would like to go on an internship abroad, you should contact the internship coordinator or your study programme internship office. They will inform you about the procedure to follow, and they must also 50/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
approve your internship place. You are responsible for finding an internship place yourself, although an internship coordinator or the internship office may sometimes help you with this. Make sure you start looking in plenty of time – a year in advance is usually advisable, especially if you are considering going on an internship outside Europe. Arranging visas and other practical matters can sometimes take a long time. Go to www.io.hu.nl and look under Grants & Scholarships for more information on those topics, or make an appointment with an International Office employee on (088) 481 89 28. For internships within Europe, you may be eligible for an Erasmus Placement grant, for example. Another good source of information is www.wilweg.nl, including useful internship sites and a checklist. See Section 0 for more information about internship opportunities on your study programme.
8.12
Student participation
Students who are enthusiastic, involved, and keen to learn are essential to the HU. If you believe it is important for students’ views to be aired and thereby contribute to the quality of teaching, and you would like to gain some administrative experience during your time as a student, or if you are just curious, critical, and have some good ideas of your own, then get involved with the committees or councils where you can exercise some influence on your own education, how your faculty is run, or policies at HU level. For more information, go to www.medezeggenschap.hu.nl or www.bps.hu.nl. You can also contact the coach for administrative participation by students, on
[email protected], who will inform, support and coach you in the student participation bodies at the HU, and who organizes relevant activities such as workshops, training days, and social events for students who are actively involved in administrative duties.
8.12.1
Consultation bodies
What topics matter most to you? The content of your study programme? The way your faculty is run? Or perhaps HU-level strategic policies? You can take part in the consultation process at all three levels and gain some administrative experience, all of which will be useful in your later life: Your study programme has a Programme Committee, about which more information is given in Section 2.8.5. The way in which your faculty is run is discussed in the Faculty Participation Council. The policies of the faculty management are put before the council for approval. Examples that come to mind are IT policies, policies relating to flexible working, and the faculty budget. The council can itself put items on the agenda and discuss them with the board. Every faculty has its own council, consisting of nine employees and nine students. The Central Employees’ and Students’ Council is the Executive Board’s discussion partner. Policies that affect the whole of the HU are put to the council for its approval. Among the items covered are strategic policies, the Teaching and Examination Regulations, policies relating to the buildings, and policies relating to quality. The council, which consists of ten employees and ten students, also discusses affairs with the Supervisory Board every year. The consultation bodies can exercise influence in numerous ways, with the ultimate aim being to raise the level of education provided at the HU. For more information about participation and the consultation bodies, go to www.medezeggenschap.hu.nl.
8.12.2
Support for students who are involved with administrative duties
The HU encourages you, as a student, to be involved with administrative duties in order to help you gain practical administrative and organizational skills. At the same time, we are keen to see enthusiastic and involved students who are eager to learn contribute towards the development of policies at the HU. For that reason, students who are involved with administrative duties benefit from the following.
51/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
As a student member of a consultation body, you can have free and unlimited training in certain competencies. There is a handbook for student members of the central council, faculty council or Programme Committee. You can use the intranet that has been specially set up for all students who are involved with administrative duties (www.bps.hu.nl) for quickly sharing knowledge and information with student members of other consultation bodies. Apart from a great deal of administrative experience, you also receive a payment of €40 for each meeting, although the level of financial recompense for administrative activities is subject to a maximum limit. See the relevant regulations at www.reglementen.hu.nl. If you would like to become a member of one or more of the consultation bodies, then you can stand as a candidate at the next election (www.verkiezingen.hu.nl). You can put yourself forward as a candidate, or via a participation body – see Section 2.8.4. For questions about the Programme Committee, ask the secretarial office of your study programme, or send an e-mail to the coach for administrative participation by students (
[email protected]). For more information, go to www.bps.hu.nl.
8.13
Studium Generale
Studium Generale is a place for HU students who are looking for an extra challenge or greater depth, in addition to their regular studies. Under the leadership of motivated professionals, the Studium Generale programmes offer you the opportunity to examine and sharpen your entrepreneurial skills, academic development or social ideals. During debates about developments at the HU, higher education, and society, you will learn to substantiate your opinions and to construct sound arguments, while in the ‘HU Popprijs’, you will be able to demonstrate your musical qualities. In addition, we regularly organize challenging assignments for students who are willing to commit themselves to a current social theme, a local activity or organizations that are looking for innovative ideas. We highlight our activities in our monthly newsletter, and you can always find the latest news at www.studiumgenerale.hu.nl.
8.14
Student association
8.14.1
General
There is a bustling student life in Utrecht, shaped by all kinds of associations and student organizations. The best-known are the social organizations. There are also other types of association, such as those based around a particular ideology, as well as international and intercultural associations. And of course, students have their own sports and cultural associations. You can find an overview of all the associations at www.utrecht.studiestad.nl. The HU provides financial support to student associations, for structural and incidental activities. If you would like to know more about applying for a grant, and about the terms and conditions for eligibility for one, go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl, and look under ‘Geldzaken’ (financial matters). For the sake of clarity, study associations and student associations are not the same thing. The former are linked to your study programme. See Section 2.8.4.
8.14.2
Administrative grant
Administrative grant If you are on the board or a committee of a student association (either at the UU or the HU), then you may be eligible for an administrative grant. This is a payment that is intended to compensate for the delay in your studies that you incur as a result of your administrative activities, and which you receive separately from your performance-related grant.
52/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
The student organizations and administrative functions that qualify for an administrative grant can be found in the Appendix to the Regulations pertaining to Administrative Grants for student administrators in UU/HU student organizations. See Chapter D of the HU Talent Grant (www.reglementen.hu.nl). For more information about the procedure, or to apply for an administrative grant, go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl, and look under ‘Profileringsfonds’ (Talent Grant).
8.15
Top-level sport
If you compete in a sport at a high level and you wish to study at the same time, you will be pleased to know that the HU offers a large number of facilities to students seeking to do so. Based on your individual circumstances and the level at which you compete, the HU will assess whether you can benefit from these facilities. You may be eligible for the following: Assistance with planning your studies; If necessary, deferment of your exams; Collaboration with coaches, trainers, sports associations, Olympic support points and the Individual Guidance department of the Dutch Olympic Committee and the Dutch Sports Federation; The opportunity to use sports locations and sport-related medical assistance; Financial support if you fall behind in your studies. For more information, contact the HU top-level sports coordinator, Mieke Wikkerman (
[email protected]) or (088) 481 51 26), or your student counsellor (see Section 8.2), or go to www.topsport.hu.nl.
8.16
Trajectum
Trajectum is the independent magazine at the HU and appears every two weeks. It contains articles about students, studying, student life, education and research, the city of Utrecht, and culture. There are contributions by students and lecturers alike. Every day, you will find news, competitions, films, blogs by students and lecturers, and practical information on the www.trajectum.hu.nl website. You can also follow Trajectum on Facebook and Twitter.
8.17
Sports
For student prices, you can do sports at Olympos, the HU and Utrecht University sports centre. Olympos has a wide range of fitness, ball, dancing, combat, and racquet sports. Go to www.olympos.nl for detailed information about what is available, dates, and prices. See Article 42 of the Student Charter (www.reglementen.hu.nl).
8.18
Safe, healthy, and environmentally-friendly study
The HU attaches much importance to safe, healthy, and pleasant learning and working surroundings, as well as to the environment and careful use of energy. It aims to guarantee your health and safety by reducing, to an acceptable level, the risks associated with conditions in the workplace. For that reason, every HU faculty and service department has a Health, Safety and Environmental Committee that acts as the point of contact for these matters, and which coordinates the implementation of the relevant policies in the faculties. Of course, you too share some of the responsibility for health, safety and the environment. How can you contribute towards health and safety? You are expected to cooperate in creating and maintaining healthy, safe and environmentally-friendly surroundings at the HU. Areas of focus are: knowing what to do in the event of a fire, accident, or other emergencies (see below); preventing CANS (RSI) awareness of the environment, by not printing documents unnecessarily and by recycling coffee cups.
53/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Below is more information on these matters. What should you do in the event of fire, an accident, or other emergency? You should be aware of what to do in the event of a fire, emergency, or a report of an accident (see below), and you should know where the emergency exit routes and emergency exits are. Emergency exit routes and exits are shown on the floor layouts in the building. Instructions on what to do in the event of an emergency are posted in every room. Never call the fire brigade, police, or an ambulance yourself. Instead, phone the internal alarm number immediately 6441; you will be connected to an employee of the main faculty or site reception desk. Give the following information – clearly and succinctly: Your name and classroom / location; Your telephone number; The current situation (how, what, where); Whether there are any casualties, and how many; Where it has occurred. The employee will alert a First Aid worker or, in the event of a major emergency, the head of the internal emergency response team. Remain calm at all times, warn everyone around you who is in danger, and wait till help arrives. Internal emergency response team and First Aid Every location has an internal emergency response team that can be deployed in the event of a fire, accident or other emergency. The members of the team can be identified during an emergency by the coloured tabards bearing the text ‘BHV’er’. Always strictly follow their instructions during a fire, accident, or other emergency. Do not use lifts when evacuating the building. Remain outside at the assembly point designated by the internal emergency response team member and await further instructions. Always keep space free for fire engines and ambulances. Never leave the area without letting somebody know: this will prevent searches being conducted unnecessarily. Studying and CANS (RSI) “It seems as if I am having more and more problems with my neck.” Perhaps you have pain in your arm, shoulder, elbow, or wrist. At first, you think it will pass of its own accord, but unfortunately this is not always the case. This is because this type of pain could be a sign that you have CANS (Complaints of Arm, Neck and/or Shoulder), which used to be known as RSI. It can affect anyone. If you do not take the first signals seriously, the complaints may spread. CANS can be caused by: Repetitive work; A static work posture; Not changing your work posture enough, and too little exercise; Not sitting properly (information on how to sit properly can be found in the HU’s ‘Geef CANS geen KANS’ leaflet); Stress, especially at busy times (exams, or when writing your thesis). While studying, you sometimes spend a long time working in the same position or making the same movements again and again. For example, you regularly work long hours at your computer, at home as well as at school. Then, there are the times you spend on the internet and playing computer games. You can largely prevent CANS yourself. The most important tips are: Vary working at a computer screen with reading, making notes, etc.; Do not work for more than five to six hours a day at a computer screen (standard desk top) and no longer than two hours with a laptop; 54/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
If you must use a laptop for more than two hours, use a laptop stand, with a separate keyboard and separate mouse; Take a short break every hour, when working at a computer screen; Make sure you sit properly when working at a computer screen; Make sure you get enough relaxation and exercise in addition to your studies; Take physical complaints seriously. Emerging symptoms (pain, tingling feelings, stiffness) can quickly get worse. If you have CANS symptoms, you can go to your study career advisor or student counsellor, or to the health and safety advisor in your faculty (see www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl). If your complaints have reached the stage where they are serious enough to require the attention of a doctor, go to your own GP. (See Section 8.8 about studying with a functional limitation.) Environment The faculty is environmentally aware. This means using water and energy sparingly, producing less waste, and separating waste properly. You can do your bit by: not turning lights on when it is light enough; turning the lights out when you leave a room; not wasting any water and by using the ‘small’ flush option on the toilet (if there is one); not opening the window when it is warm, but instead turning down the heating; by turning off your computer and screen when you have finished work; by putting waste (batteries, paper, food leftovers) in the appropriate containers, including in the canteen; by keeping the building clean and not leaving litter lying around; by not smoking in the building. In any case, this is forbidden. More specific information about health, safety, and the environment, and about arranging your computer workspace correctly can be found on the HU health, safety and environment website: www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl For questions, comments or ideas on health, safety and environment-related matters, contact the Health, Safety and Environment Committee in your faculty, or the HU Health, Safety, and Environment Team. For more information, go to: www.arboenmilieu.hu.nl
8.19
Insurance cover: liability, accident, and travel
You are liable for the financial and other consequences of accidents and damage caused to third parties. You can cover yourself by taking out liability insurance for private citizens. For accidents/death and legal liability while in or on your way to faculty buildings, the HU has limited insurance cover. This also includes activities relating to your studies that occur outside HU locations (but in the Netherlands), as well as activities relating to HU education abroad. If you cause any damage during your internship, then any claims will be made using the liability insurance of the company or organization that is providing the internship. If this does not provide any cover, then the claim will be made through your insurance. If neither policy offers cover, then the HU insurance will be used. If you are going to study abroad (as part of your programme at the HU), then you should arrange supplementary insurance. You are obliged to register your stay abroad before you leave, so it is good to know that by registering you are automatically covered by the free HU travel insurance policy. For more information about registering and the free travel insurance, go to www.gratisverzekerd.hu.nl.
8.20
Having a job while studying
If you are looking for a job that is relevant to your studies, the place to go in and around Utrecht is Campus Recruitment. Here, you can get personal career advice, have your CV polished up, and most importantly,
55/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
an interesting job (part-time or otherwise) for which a lack of experience is not a problem. Go to www.campusrecruitment.eu. You can also contact knowledge centres where students can jointly carry out applied research under the leadership of a professor, or work on product innovations. In addition to your student grant, you are allowed to earn a limited amount per calendar year without affecting your right to the grant. The limit can be found on the DUO (Dienst Uitvoering op Onderwijs) website, www.ocwduo.nl, and applies to everyone who is entitled to a student grant. If you work so much that you fall behind in your studies, then it is often more sensible to borrow money from the DUO. Your student counsellor can advise you on this. (See Section 8.2.)
8.21
Accommodation
Finding a good and affordable room in Utrecht is not easy. Remember that the market will be extra busy in the summer months. Register with www.kamersinutrecht.nl, www.kamernodig.nl or www.woningnet.nl. If you have found somewhere to live and you have moved, then register with the local authority. One reason why this is necessary is to show to the DUO that you are not living with your parents. You can register at the Dienst Burgerzaken (civil affairs department), and must do so within five days of moving. Take a valid identity document with you. You should also inform the HU of any change of address; use OSIRIS to do this. See Section 2.8.2.4 of this Study Guide. Alternatively, you can use Studielink.
56/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9
About the HU
This chapter contains more information about the Hogeschool Utrecht.
9.1
General information
You are studying at the Hogeschool Utrecht. With more than 38,000 students and 3,400 employees, the HU is one of the larger HBO institutions in the Netherlands, offering a wide range of study programmes spread over six faculties. The more than eighty Bachelor’s programmes provide learning in the fields of communication and journalism, economics and management, nature and technology, healthcare, education, and society and law, in both Utrecht and Amersfoort. The HU also runs Master’s programmes, from which you can gain a Master’s degree in various fields. The scale of the HU means we are both large and small: we organize teaching for each study programme separately, which makes things clearer and more personal for you, the students. At the same time, our large scale enables us to offer you more than just a study programme. You can, for example, take part in educational activities of other HU study programmes, or indeed at other educational establishments elsewhere in the Netherlands or abroad. Examples that come to mind are a minor or internship.
9.1.1
Education profile of the HU
Higher Vocational Education in the knowledge society No two colleges are alike. Like other institutions, the HU has to make careful choices with regard to its education profile. Through our teaching, we seek to contribute towards a sustainable knowledge society. We organize our teaching in a way that enables you, the student, to develop to the maximum possible degree. We therefore believe it is very important that you feel at home here, and the work we do is aimed at that goal. HU has other tasks in addition to providing education. For example, we invest in research that is embedded in knowledge centres. This means we not only train professionals, but also contribute towards innovating the environment in which professionals operate. That is why the HU is strongly oriented towards social, economic, and societal issues, and this is something you will encounter in our teaching. So with regard to our education profile, the above has led us to deliberately opt for competency and demand-driven teaching, ensuring that students are able to study in a robust study environment. We have set out below what exactly this means. Competency-oriented teaching Teaching is competency-oriented when you, the student, acquire the knowledge, skills, and attitude that you need to practise a particular profession. The study programmes formulate, reinforce, and bring up to date the competencies in close consultation with those in the professional field. Competency-oriented teaching also means that we provide ‘customized’ teaching. We use competencies that you already possess as a springboard, we encourage you to take an increasingly greater control of your own learning process, to make choices and to justify them. You have to be able to act professionally in typical professional situations of increasing complexity. We also challenge you to develop your research skills and your competencies in an international and multicultural environment. Demand-driven teaching Our teaching is aimed at both demand from the professional field and demand on the part of the students. We match your knowledge and learning needs with that of the field in a way that meets the quality requirements of the study programme. We believe that you yourself are responsible for your study progress
57/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
and that the task of the HU is to support you in that process. You have opportunities for structuring your studies according to your own wishes. A robust learning environment A competency-oriented and demand-driven study programme requires a robust learning environment – an environment that inspires and challenges you, and enables you to push the limits of your abilities, again and again. It is an environment in which learning is shaped through practice-based work: to learn is to work, and to work is to learn. If need be, the learning environment has an international orientation. Every study programme has a knowledge base, laid down with the help of professionals in the field. From the very first year, the acquisition of knowledge and skills based on realistic professional tasks is key. The teaching consists of a variety of methods, both individual and in collaboration with you and your fellow students, with an ever-greater emphasis on authentic professional situations.
9.1.2
Bachelor’s and Master’s system
Hogeschool Utrecht operates as part of the Dutch education system. This means that a series of structural factors, such as the duration of the study programmes, are determined by law. Because there are two types of study programme - Bachelor’s and Master’s - in higher education (HBO and WO), the term ‘Bachelor’s-Master’s system’ is sometimes used. Bachelor’s-Master’s system Education at universities (both HBO and WO) is divided into two phases, the Bachelor’s phase and the 4 Master’s phase. A four-year HBO study programme is called a Bachelor’s study programme , upon completion of which you receive a Bachelor’s degree. You can obtain a Bachelor’s diploma in three years at university. After that, you can continue studying for a Master’s diploma. Both HBO and WO universities offer Master’s study programmes. If you are studying at an HBO university, you may be entitled to a grant, although this is not the case for those studying part-time. For more information on student grants, see the DUO website, (www.ocwduo.nl). Bachelor’s study programmes The Bachelor’s diploma is internationally recognized, which is useful if you wish to work abroad. In most cases, you can also spend some time abroad as part of your study programme. The Bachelor’s study programmes at the HU also have many optional subjects. You can choose a minor (a cohesive package of optional courses) or a package of optional courses that you put together yourself. For more details, see Section 2.5.4 (optional subjects component). The optional subjects component also means that you can study some study components at other universities, both inside and outside the Netherlands. Master’s study programmes After completing your Bachelor’s programme, you can go on to do a Master’s programme at a university (HBO or WO). The HU has a growing number of Master’s programmes, including for people with several years’ work experience. For more information, go to www.masters.hu.nl. If you would like to do a Master’s at a WO university, you should know that there are sometimes gaps between HBO qualifications and the requirements for embarking on a Master’s at a WO university. In order to bring your knowledge and skills to the required level, special courses have been devised for a number of Master’s, known as pre-Master’s. You take them before starting on the Master’s proper. For more information, go to www.premasters.hu.nl, or consult the brochure entitled, ‘Doorstuderen na je bachelor aan de UU’.
4
The period of four years is for the full-time version. In the case of part-time and dual programmes, the period may be different.
58/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9.1.3
HU and faculty regulations
HU and faculty regulations Under the terms of the Higher Education and Research Act, the HU, as an institute for Higher Vocational Education, has a number of obligations. These have been incorporated by the HU into various regulations and set out in more detail. There are regulations that apply to all students at the HU, which can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. In addition, there are regulations that apply only to students in a particular faculty or who are on a specific study programme. These regulations can be found on the intranet site of your faculty or study programme. Regulations that apply to all at the HU The most important HU-wide regulations for you are those in the ‘Student and Teaching’ and ‘Participation’ categories. Examples are: -
-
-
-
-
-
The HU Student Charter: Your general rights and obligations as a student; The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations: These set out your rights and obligations as a student with regard to teaching, exams, and other related matters; The Enrolment Regulations: These describe the procedural aspects of enrolment, tuition fees, and unenrolment. See Section 9.2.7; The HU Legal Protection for Students Regulations: These describe the steps you can take if you do not agree with something. See Chapter 7 and www.klachtenwegwijzer.hu.nl; The Talent Grant: The different types of financial support that HU can provide you with are set out here. See Section 8.2; Programme Committee Regulations: These cover everything related to the Programme Committee (departmental level advisory bodies). See Section 8.12.1; Regulations on Undesirable Behaviour: These set out the rules of conduct at the HU. IT Code of Conduct This describes the rules of conduct in relation to the use of computers and the HU network.
The most up-to-date versions of the regulations can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. The most important regulations for students, including the Teaching and Examination Regulations and this Study Guide, are revised every year. The new versions replace the old versions, which then cease to be valid. If it is necessary to maintain old rules, a transitional arrangement will apply, stating for whom and until when certain old rules shall apply. The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes and the Study Guide for a particular academic year apply to every student who has enrolled for that academic year. Faculty and study programme regulations You can find faculty regulations via the intranet site of your study programme and the information site from the Student Desk. Examples include house rules, exam protocols, and other matters that only apply to students in the faculty in question. Chapter 10 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes also contains rules that apply to every student in the faculty concerned. Chapter 10 of the same regulations for your faculty can be found at www.reglementen.hu.nl. The HU Teaching and Examination Regulations are set out in greater detail in the Study Guide in the form of rules relating to study programmes – these apply to students on the relevant programme. All the HU Study Guides can be found at www.studiegidsen.hu.nl.
59/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9.1.4
Rules governing order
Article 48 of the Student Charter (see www.reglementen.hu.nl) regulates the maintenance of order at the HU. Briefly, it entails the following: Provisions and instructions In order to maintain order, provisions and instructions that have been laid down by or on behalf of the Executive Board and faculty management apply at the HU, in addition to the law in general. They relate to, but are not limited to, the following topics: Undesirable behaviour; Fraud and irregularities during exams (see Section 4.4.2); The use of the buildings and grounds and their facilities; Reporting of absence by students as a result of illness or other causes; Exceptional circumstances. Clothing that covers the face is banned at the HU. Study programmes may impose additional clothingrelated rules if this is considered necessary on account of the practical nature of the lessons. Obligations of students As a student, you have the following obligations on the basis of the Working Conditions Act: The obligation to act carefully and cautiously when working and studying; The obligation to be familiar with safety and other regulations that relate to your work and studies; The obligation to use safety provisions correctly and to wear or apply compulsory protection equipment; The obligation to report unsafe or unhealthy work situations to the relevant faculty management. Sanctions If you are in breach of any of the provisions or instructions, or if you fail to fulfil your obligations, the faculty management may impose the following sanctions: The issuing of a warning or reprimand; Denial of access to the buildings and grounds of the HU for a period not exceeding one year; Termination of your enrolment. Your enrolment as a student at the HU may also be refused or terminated. This will occur if you show by your words or your actions that you are not fit for the profession for which you are being trained, or are unsuitable for the practical preparations that the training involves. If you are guilty of any irregularities, the Board of Examiners may also impose sanctions. It may decide, for example, that you may not take any exams for a certain amount of time, and it can also withhold your diploma. The Board can also advise your faculty director to terminate your enrolment permanently. The sanctions available to the Board of Examiners are described in greater detail in Section 4.4.2 of this Study Guide and in Article 38 of the HU Teaching and Examination Regulations for Bachelor’s programmes 20122013.
9.1.5
Quality assurance
The HU devotes a great deal of care and attention to quality. Quality assurance relates, among other things, to every aspect of teaching, the curriculum, study progress, supervision, the organization of teaching, and the relationship between the study programme and the employment market. The system of quality assurance used by the programme is described in precise detail in the quality plan. This describes how a clearer idea of the quality of the programmes is obtained, how things might be improved, how you are involved with the evaluation of the quality of teaching, and how the results of the evaluations are reported. Programme Committees play an important role in the system of quality assurance and are responsible for bringing about major improvements. 60/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
The quality of teaching is of course best evaluated by you and your fellow students. You will therefore be approached on a regular basis to complete anonymous questionnaires in which you can give your evaluations. Surveys At the FEM you will be given the opportunity to fill in course- and teacher evaluations at the end of eacht study term. In the spring you will take part in a university-wide Student Satisfaction Survey, the results of which are made known via Netpresenter and your study programme’s intranet. The Operations department conducts a Customer Satisfaction Survey amongt students, teachers and staff. The results of this survey are also published via Nepresenter and your study programme’s intranet. Do you have a complaint or a good idea? We like to now both! Not only can you express a complaint, but also so that we can hear how you think we can improve the FEM. For your ideas or complaints, call the Tips & Dips Line: 088 481 62 40. All telephone calls are treated in confidence. You can also register your ideas or complaints using a special form available at the Student Desk’s informationsite.
9.1.6
HU organizational chart
An organizational chart of the HU is shown at www.hu.nl/overdeHU Click on ‘In het kort’ and then on ‘Organogram’. Teaching at the HU is organized in institutes, academies, and centres. The Bachelor’s programmes are provided by the institutes. Institutes are groups of lecturers who are each responsible for one or more study programmes. Knowledge centres are groups of professors who are responsible for the implementation of research programmes. De parttime bachelorstudies at the FEM are a part of the Centre for Business & Management. The HU is organized into faculties. See Section 9.1.7.
9.1.7
HU locations
HU locations in Utrecht and Amersfoort The addresses and route descriptions for all locations in Utrecht and Amersfoort are on www.hu.nl/adressen. For those using public transport, go to www.9292ov.nl.
9.2
General information on the faculty economics & management
9.2.1
General
The Faculty of Economics & Management (FEM) is one of the six faculties at Hogeschool Utrecht University of Applied Sciences. The FEM has almost 5.500 student and employs a staff of around 400. Thee basis for our education is competence-base learning and the professional field is the guiding principle for our graduate profiles. The faculty develops itself from educational institution into knowledge institution where education, research, innovation and knowledge circulation are central themes. The FEM promotes itself as a broad Business School cinsisting of the following three institutes: Institute for Marketing & Commerce Institute for Business Economics Institute for Business Administration. Within these institutes bachelor courses are being organised on fulltime and parttime basis. Also, master courses are being offered.
9.2.2
Organizational chart of the faculty
An organizational chart of the faculty is available at your study programme’s intranet. 61/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9.2.3
Contact information
The FEM can be easily reached by car and public transport. Directions can be found on www.hu.nl. Visitors address: Postal address: Telephone (main switchboard): Internal alarm number:
Padualaan 101, 3584 CH Utrecht PO Box 85029, 3508 AA Utrecht 088 481 62 00 088 481 64 41
Director Institute for Business Administration Karin van Grafhorst (
[email protected]) Managers IBMS Job Krijgsman (
[email protected]) & Marlies Schuman (
[email protected])
9.2.4
Floor plan
To see the floor plan, check ‘studiegids Accountancy 2012-2013’ via www.studiegids.hu.nl
9.2.5
Practical provisions and instructions
The following rules apply at the HU: -
5
You have to be able to prove your identity with a valid identity document ; Mobile telephones must be switched off during lessons; If you are late, you may be refused entry; Smoking, cycling, roller skating, skating, and bringing pets in the building are prohibited; Clear away your waste, and dispose of it in the correct containers and bins; Faculty property may not be removed from the premises without written permission; Posters and placards may only be hung up on the notice boards in the lift area of the building; In the event of an emergency, call the alarm number for the building: 088 – 481 64 41
The faculty management may impose further instructions of a practical nature.
9.2.6
Facilities
Reception The reception is on the ground floor near the main entrance. The reception employees can show you the way in the building, are in charge of supervision and the telephone switchboard and receive the calls from lecturers reporting sick. There is a digital information board near the reception on which timetable changes and absences of lecturers are mentioned. Reports of sickness can also be found on Netpresenter (screensaver) or your study programme’s intranet. Restaurant Warm meals, rolls, drinks and other snacks are available at the canteen. In the canteen you can only pay by Facility card (see paragraph payment in the building). If the canteen is closed you can get coffee, soft drinks and snacks at the vending machines that are in the building. The student restaurant is named HUgo! The space above HUgo is also especially for the students and is named HUib. Personnel have a separate space called FEMke, above reception. The opening hours of the restaurant are form Monday – Friday 09.30 – 14.00. During examination weeks and holidays, opening hours can be adjusted. Service desk For everything not directly related to education you can contact the Service desk. Facility Reporting Centre 5
A passport, European identity card, Dutch or international driving licence or refugee document
62/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
You can report complaints, requests, information and technical problems with facilities such as photocopiers via 088 481 6666 or
[email protected], or at the Service Desk. Paying within the building At photocopiers and printers and at the coffee and soft drink vending machines you can only pay by „chipknip‟. The same also applies to purchases in the restaurant. The chipknip loading point is located on the ground floor opposite the jungle patio. There are also loading points at the Communication and Journalism Faculty, the University of Utrecht (Educatorium) and around the corner at the „De Basket‟ restaurant. You can also purchase prepaid chipknip cards (€10 and €20 denominations) at the Utrecht University Educatorium. Facilities for the disabled The building is excellently accessible for the disabled with an extra wide entrance, automatic sliding doors and wide doors and gangways. There are two elevators and there is a toilet for the disabled on each floor for which the key can be collected at the reception. The parking places for the disabled are situated at the back of the building. An application for this can be filed at the Facility Reporting Centre (
[email protected]). Study environment/work stations for students The education in our faculty is based on what is known as competency-based learning. This means that not only knowledge, but also attitude and practical skills play an important role in the education. You will therefore regularly carry out assignments, individually or in groups. Computers are often essential for these, and so FEM makes special facilities available for students in this area. There are over 450 computer workplaces for students in computer rooms, project rooms, the Media Library and on the study squares. FEM also has a wireless network, so you can work with your own laptop. The number of power points has been greatly increased in the summer of 2010. Also in the summer of 2011 extra power points will be fixed. Experience has shown that the computers are most fully occupied at the end of the course term. To avoid capacity problems, it is important to plan well and not wait until the last minute to complete project assignments and reports. You can only work in computer rooms 0.01 to 0.08, 0.46 and 1.02 if they are not being used for lectures. You can find the times when these rooms are timetabled for lectures on the doors of the rooms. During examination terms only a limited number of rooms are available for independent working. Computer rooms 0.45 and 0.47 are silent rooms where you can work undisturbed. There are a total of 52 PCs there for individual work. You can use project rooms 0.41, 0.42, 0.43, 0.44, 0.48 and 0.50 when you want to work in a group. You can also make use of project rooms 0.61 to 0.86 for assignments with fellow students. There are thirteen rooms for a maximum of six people with two PCs (odd room numbers) and thirteen rooms for a maximum of eight people with three PCs (even room numbers). The rooms are available during the opening times, and can be used for group work. You can reserve a project room at the Service Desk. Of course we expect that you will leave the rooms in a tidy condition. There are group workplaces in HUib (the upper canteen) for meetings of groups of 3 to 5 people. The study squares are areas where students and lecturers can meet and cooperate. You will find workspaces here where you can work together with your group and where you can consult your lecturer. There are pc‟s and laptop workspaces available on the squares. Printing, scanning and faxing There are printers available for students available in the study squares, in the corridor of the computer workstations, in the Library, in the Facility square and in the corridor of the project rooms. In addition there is a colour printer available in the Facility square. From each PC you can print on one of these printers. In the Library you can use a scanner. There is in the Facility square a copying machine equipped with a scanner and e-mail function. With this you can send a fax. Instructions are hanging above the copying machine.
63/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Are you using Apple or Windows on your laptop? Then you can add a printer from the HU-network via www.printen.hu.nl (Use Internet Explorer as your browser for Windows). Because laptops can have multiple personalised settings, HU can not guarantee a smooth functioning. Are you not allowed to add a printer via the site? Please go with you notebook to the Service Desk at the back of the building. IT problems Problems with or breakdowns of PCs or software programmes can be reported to the Service desk. Audiovisual equipment Mobile audio visual equipment can be reserved at the reception. This concerns equipment in addition to the „fixed‟ equipment present in the halls and classrooms. Beamers tape recorders for interviews. Online reservations can only be fulfilled 24 hours in advance, otherwise your request can not be taken into consideration. The reservation form can be downloaded via your study programme’s intranet Repro service The repro service can print small or large quantities for you and can bind reports for you. Faculty of Communication and Journalism, Padualaan 99 Utrecht, Xerox Reproshop, 088 481 3565 or
[email protected] Readers For some courses it may be required to order a reader. These can be ordered online via https://hu.xeroxwebwinkel.nl/
9.2.7
Enrolment for and unenrolling from the study programme
Enrolments Office The Enrolments Office is responsible for enrolling and unenrolling students at the HU, for collecting tuition fees, and for issuing student identity cards. Enrolment You may enrol as a student for a study programme if you fulfil the following conditions: You meet the admission requirements (see Sections 9.2.8 and 2.5.1); You have paid your tuition fees (or if payment has been arranged by a standing order or letter of guarantee); You meet the other requirements, as stated in the HU Enrolment Regulations (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). You may only use the services and facilities of the HU when you have officially enrolled. If you have successfully completed a preliminary year for an HBO or WO study programme, you may be able to enter the study programme at a more advanced stage of the programme. In that case, you will be exempt from the preliminary year subjects. If you wish to enrol for the main phase, you can use www.studielink.nl, but you should first contact the study programme. They will be able to tell you more about your options and determine whether you meet the requirements for being able to enter the main phase of the programme. Re-enrolment You must re-enrol in every academic year. You can arrange this and payment of your tuition fees online, via Studielink - www.hu.studielink.nl. Before the start of a new year (in around June), you will receive a message from the Enrolments Office on how to re-enrol. If you have received a negative recommendation on the continuation of your studies (see Section 2.4.2) at the end of the academic year, you may not re-enrol for the same study programme (and in some cases, not for related programmes either) at the HU in the following academic year. 64/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Student identity card and proof of enrolment When your enrolment or re-enrolment process has been completed, you will receive a student identity card and proof of enrolment. Your student identity card also serves as proof of enrolment. Termination of enrolment If you do not re-enrol for the new academic year, your enrolment will end on 1 September. This is expected to change in the future. In that case, you will enrol once, and remain enrolled until you unenrol via Studielink. If your enrolment ends, then you will no longer be entitled to a student grant or your student public transport pass. You may also request that your enrolment be terminated during the academic year. This will then take effect from the first following month. Even if you have graduated, you still need to unenrol yourself, using Studielink. You can unenrol with effect from the first month that follows the month in which your diploma is issued. Please note! The unenrolment date is important for the purpose of getting back any tuition fees that may be owed to you. For more information about possible reimbursement of tuition fees when unenrolling, see the HU Enrolment Regulations at www.reglementen.hu.nl. Finally, your enrolment may be terminated if you have not paid your tuition fees after receiving a reminder. It will then be terminated with effect from the second month following the reminder. The above information is just a summary. The procedures are described in full in the HU Enrolment Regulations (see www.reglementen.hu.nl). For more information about enrolling and unenrolling, go to the Enrolments Office website: www.inschrijven.hu.nl.
9.2.8
Admission test
Students may be admitted to the first-year programme if they have successfully gained senior general secondary (HAVO), pre-university (VWO) or senior secondary vocational (MBO) level 4 qualifications with the required subjects at necessary level. As the entire curriculum of the studies described in this study guide is in English, it is necessary for their command of English to be at a sufficient level to be able to pursue their studies successfully. There are no additional language test requirements for students with a Dutch secondary school diploma. International students must provide a result from an internationally recognized test of English, unless their native language is English or the instruction language of their previous (secondary) education was English: IELTS (academic level): minimum score 6.0 (obligatory for Chinese students); TOEFL: minimum score 80 internetbased (213 computerbased, 550 paperbased); Cambridge certificate of Advanced English; Anglia Certificate of English Proficiency Level. For Chinese students, it is obligatory to present an IELTS test result. All other students may choose between IELTS and TOEFL. Prospective students who are 21 years old or older and who do not meet the admission requirements can take part in the 21+ admission assessment. See articles 10, 11 and 12 of the OER (FEM Exam Rules and Regulations). International students have to provide a result from an internationally recognized test of English, see above mentioned requirements. Dutch students can also check www.toelatingsonderzoek.hu.nl. The admission test is also called the colloquium doctum. The goal of the admission assessment is to find out whether you are qualified for a undergraduate bachelor programme. The test is equal to the Dutch HAVO-exam. Students with a first-year programme certificate from another university Bachelor programme can likewise be admitted, in some cases into the main phase, but in the majority of cases, specific first-year programmes must also be completed. Please read article 10 of the OER for the rules and regulations.
65/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9.2.9
Study costs, supplementary fees, and rebates
Education at the HU costs money.
9.2.9.1 Tuition fees Your situation determines whether you pay statutory tuition fees or institutional tuition fees. In general, the rules are as follows. You pay statutory tuition fees if: You are not already in possession of a Bachelor’s or Master’s degree. This does not apply if you intend to start a study programme in the field of healthcare or education, unless your previous degree was in either of these fields; You live in the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg or in the German Länder of North RhineWestphalia, Lower Saxony or Bremen and; You are of Dutch nationality or equivalent (in accordance with Article 2.2 of the Student Grant Act 2000). For the 2012-2013 academic year, the tuition fees are as follows: €1,771 for full-time students; €1,771 for dual students; €1,451 for part-time students; €1,589 for part-time students who are taking a government-funded Master’s at the FE or the FMR. The higher tuition fees for students who have been given a ‘V’ designation (that is, including the penalty for students who have fallen behind schedule) from the DUO for the 2012-2013 academic year are: €4,834 for full-time students; €4,834 for dual students; €4,514 for part-time students; €4,652 for part-time students who are taking a government-funded Master’s at the FE or the FMR. The institutional tuition fees for the 2012-2013 academic year are: €7,569 for full-time students; €7,569 for dual students; €6,197 for part-time students; €6,791 for part-time students who are taking a government-funded Master’s. If you were taking two Bachelor’s programmes in 2011-2012, then the fees are different (see below). If you have to go abroad as a compulsory part of your studies or for an internship (and as a result are unable to remain registered with the local city council), you are subject to institutional tuition fees which are set at the same level as statutory tuition fees. Two Bachelor’s programme at the same time If you were enrolled on two Bachelor’s programmes in the 2011-2012 academic year or earlier, or if you are going to enrol on a second Bachelor’s programme in 2012-2013, then you fall under a different arrangement. If you have obtained your degree for the first programme and are aiming to complete the second one, you will have to pay institutional tuition fees (unless your degree is in the healthcare or education fields). On the basis of an agreement between HBO institutions and the Ministry, you will be liable to pay institutional tuitions fees for 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 that have been set at the same level as statutory tuition fees. Two Bachelor’s programmes in succession
66/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Legislation was drastically revised with effect from 1 September 2010. One important change is the law whereby the Ministry of Education, Culture and Science only funds one Bachelor’s and one Master’s, with no distinction being made between HBO and WO degrees. If you have already obtained a Bachelor’s or Master’s degree (unless it was before 1991-1992) and you wish to enrol, or if you already have a degree and are now enrolled for a second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme, then you come under the category known as ‘stapelaars’. For their second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme, they do not pay statutory tuition fees, but institutional tuition fees. The government has made an exception for those taking a programme in healthcare or education, but only if the first degree was not in either of these fields. Institutional tuition fees are considerably higher than their statutory counterparts, because the HU no longer receives any government support for students who take a second Bachelor’s or Master’s programme. However, the HU has decided to introduce the increase in tuition fees gradually for ‘stapelaars’ who were already enrolled before the 2010-2011 academic year on a programme at the HU and who have not interrupted their studies since then. In 2011-2012, you pay 50% of the institutional tuition fees, and in 20122013 you will pay the full amount. Tuition fees are in some cases tax deductible (www.belastingdienst.nl). If you work, then ask your employer about the options. Enrolling as an external student Examination fees for external students have been set by the HU at €1,771. This type of enrolment is for students who are only taking exams and who do not need any supervision or support. External students may not attend lessons; they only take exams. It is not always possible to enrol as an external student. For this programme, a student may not enrol as an external student. Increase in tuition fees for students who have fallen behind in their studies From the 2012-2013 academic year, statutory tuition fees will be increased for students who are more than a year behind schedule with their studies. After the regular duration of a Bachelor’s and a Master’s, you have one more year in which you pay the standard statutory tuition fees. Note: previous enrolments on other similar Higher Education programmes (from 1991 onwards) will count towards the calculation of the duration of your enrolment. When you have ‘used up’ your ‘extra year’, you will start to pay the higher rate of statutory tuition fees – that is, the normal statutory fees plus a supplement of €3,063, which is indexed every year by the Ministry of Education, Culture and Science. If you are awarded an extra year’s grant, you will also be given an extra year for your studies.
9.2.9.2 Costs of books and learning materials According to the booklist you can calcute the costs for study books and other learning materials.
9.2.9.3 Other costs You will need at least € 600 per month to cover rent, food, insurance, transport and other expense. This does not cover study expenses. Excursions are occasionally arranged by lecturers which may involve a small transport cost. Students studying at a partner university will be charged regular Dutch tuition fees, not the fees of the university abroad. Most student visas allow part-time work to help with the expenses of living abroad, such as accommodation, travel, etc. Students on internships usually receive some financial help from the company to help with expenses
9.2.9.4 Financial assistance If you are no longer able to bear the costs for certain educational facilities on account of demonstrable financial reasons, you may be eligible for financial assistance. You should submit such a request to the faculty management.
67/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
The HU provides financial support for students who have fallen behind schedule with their studies for exceptional reasons. These could be related to administrative acitivites or other exceptional circumstances. To obtain financial support in relation to exceptional circumstances, you must apply through your student counsellor. For more information, see the HU Talent Grant or go to www.studentvoorzieningen.hu.nl. For financial support for students involved in administrative activities, see Section 8.14.2.
68/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
10
Course descriptions
In this chapter all the course descriptions are listed. For the course descriptions listed in English see www.osiris.hu.nl
Titel
Academic Skills 201
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-AS201-10 Academic Skills 201 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
BL Pasian (tel. 6428) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
60 minuten
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
480 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assignments
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Materiaal: 69/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Boek (verplicht) : Doing Research ; Nel Verhoeven ; 9789047300649 ; 2 ; Boom Onderwijs ; Diversen (verplicht) : Web based programme (costs about 42 euro, payment before first class); Contactduur (uren): 25 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 27 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
70/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Academic Skills 202
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-AS202-11 Academic Skills 202 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
BL Pasian (tel. 6428) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5,5
Written exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5,5
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
120
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Doing Research; Nel Verhoeven; 97 8904 7300649; 2; Boom; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten.
71/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
72/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Being Creative in Business Project
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-CREABUS-12 Being Creative in Business Project 21 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
JM Bout (tel. 0884816893) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2, blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2, blok 3
Toetsen: resultaatschaal minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
Assignments
Opdracht
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Assignments
Opdracht
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46
Written report + presentation
Verslag, rapport en essay
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 28
73/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
74/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business & IT 1 Quality Management
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-BUSIT1-08 Business And IT 1 Quality Management 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
E Weesie (tel. 0031 (0) 88 481) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
120 minuten
90 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assignment
Opdracht
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens 75/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes 2. Course Goals and Learning Objectives The quality management course is part of the ‘Business and ICT’ theme A central part of that theme is the preparation of a project in which an NGO (nongovernmental organization) provides assistance to people in need in Sri Lanka. This project deploys the knowledge, competencies and skills taught in the foundation year and in the other three BICT modules. The course in quality management is just one of the support modules. In this course, we learn about the important quality management models and methodologies. We learn how to determine, manage and guarantee quality. For more information on the course goals and learning objectives, we refer you to the Business and ICT (BICT) theme module. The learning objectives for this course: -Being able to explain the principles of quality and place the concept in historical perspective. -Knowing and being able to reproduce the most important quality management models and methodologies. Total Quality Management Benchmarking/ The Balanced Score Card (BSC) PDCA ISO-9000 Six sigma SERVQUAL Investors in people (IIP) Key Performance Indicators * Being able to indicate how quality can be measured. * Understanding the strengths and weaknesses of a model. * Being able to indicate which quality model, compared to the competing models, is most applicable. * Being able to apply the theory in an organizational task
Inhoud
WORKLOAD: 4. Study Burden The study burden per student is three ECTS credits, or 79 hours. This is roughly divided as follows: contact time lecture (7 x 95 minutes) 11 hours contact time tutorial (7x120 minutes) 14 hours study quality (system) of international organization + summary in groups of 3 students 10 hours prepare for tutorial on quality system 4 hours homework 22 hours examination preparation 16 hours examination 2 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Nog niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 25 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 25 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
76/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business & IT 2 AIS
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-BUSIT2-11 Business & IT 2 AIS 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MBM van der Ven (tel. 088 481 6547 &) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
120 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
Students will learn how to analyse, describe and document the company’s business data needs and business performance results, focussing on the key business activities of a company and the logistics of making decisions in a production/trade company.
77/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Students will learn to report on the efficiency and effectiveness of the business processes and how to make solutionproposals for possible management-decision-making improvements. Specific Focus will be on: The supply chain The sales process The warehouse/inventory process The purchase process Trade companies Production companies Logistic companies
WORKLOAD:
Class contact hours 14 hours of instruction lectures Readings Preparing Problem solving Exam preparation Exam TOTAL
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
14 hours 25 hours 7 hours 26 hours 10 hours 2 hours ------------------84 hours
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Accounting Information Systems; Marshall Romney e.a.; 0131968556 11; Pearson, Prentice Hall; Diversen (verplicht) : Diversen, Verstrekt tijdens werkcolleges; Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren):
Workload
Totaal (uren): 14 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
78/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business and IT Project NGO
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-BUSITPRO-08 Business And IT Project NGO 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RLJ Eeken (tel. 6973) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
150 minuten
18 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
60 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Assessment
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
The goal of this module is to integrate and apply the knowledge, competencies and skills acquired in the (introductory year plus) other three BICT-modules in a challenging NGO project assignment. The student will learn to gather and analyse the correct management data using methods and ICT tools to direct and manage an organization or project. The student will also learn how an organization’s information supply might be incorporated into information systems. Additionally, the student will learn how to report on and rationalize these decisions.
79/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Programme goals: The student will study and immerse him/herself in in-depth theories and competencies concerning project management, information systems analysis and data analysis. The student will study and immerse him/herself in in-depth theories and competencies concerning organizational administration, quality management and quality assurance methods and management control (job delegation). The student will acquire practical skills with various ICT tools such as MS Project and ERP-Navision for project management and management. The student will learn practical skills pertaining to teamwork, communication, group dynamics and management control methods. Upon conclusion of the module the student will be assumed to have developed insight into: - working with methods and techniques in the field of project approach and project management - detailed, advanced reporting on (non-)fiscal informational needs, business processes, quality indicator measurement within a given organization/project goal. - the student will be able to describe and analyse the current management situation, evaluate the desired business operation situation, make a clear-cut comparison between reality and the desired situation, determine any deviations; draw conclusions (information supply) and come up with problem solving proposals.
WORKLOAD:
Total course load per student is 3 ECTS = total 84 credit hours. An estimated course load based on the activities named below:
Instructional lectures; preparation and attendance Lectures, incl. BICT kick-off lecture Independent study and project feedback:
20 3 61
- project set-up: compile plan of approach and activity/schedule plan - read up on NGO Project Assignment, required texts and required documentation - read up on instructional lecture assignments, feedback processing for plan of approach - formulate project discussion and partial project assignments - NGO partial project assignment: receive and process feedback - project reporting and progress monitoring: incl. keeping log books - compose NGO project assignment final report incl. final invoice - final presentation of NGO project assignment in week 4 - information system design - system analysys - feasibility study - information system quality requirements - business process design, functional requirements - forms design - database design - standard software selection You will work in a group of no more than 5 students on the NGO project. This means that you will spend 61 hours working on the project outside of class time. A full reading assignment schedule is included in the Student Activities chapter.
80/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Diversen (verplicht) : On sharepointsite; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
81/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business Communication 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXBUSCO2-06 Business Communication 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Written Exam+Assignment
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
82/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business English 3 Argumentation
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-BUSENGAR-10 Business English 3 Argumentation 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
SM Ashley (tel. 088 - 481 6345) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
Werkvorm
frequentie
niet verplicht
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
80 minuten
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
80 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Debate & essay
Written Exam
Opdracht
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
120
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud
By the end of this course, a student should be able to: 1. Independently prepare and deliver a presentation arguing for or against a proposal, using modern presentation techniques; 83/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
2. Write a professional report in English persuading the reader of her point of view; 3. Convince others orally and in writing of her point of view using legitimate forms of argumentation; 4. Recognise legitimate and false forms of argumentation used by others; and 5. Evaluate arguments with regard to correctness and relevance. WORKLOAD: Total hours:
84 hours
Lectures (6 weeks x 160 minutes): Reading, self-study and exercises: Debate (including desk research and meetings with partner): Essay (including desk research): Exam preparation: Exam:
16 20 15 20 11.5 1.5
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Reader (verplicht) : Reader; available on course site in Sharepoint; Contactduur (uren): 3 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 5 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
84/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Business Ethics
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-BUSETHI-09 Business Ethics 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
NMM Teeken (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
5 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
3 maal per blok
90 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Assessment
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
Course Goals and Learning Objectives • Understanding contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues that impact ethical business behaviour • Understanding different perspectives related to contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues • Developing ethical responsibility • Being able to apply or introduce ethical code of conduct within the business practice WORKLOAD: Business Ethics & International Management Behavior studyburden hrs aantal ec Werkcollege
85/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
weekly classes (7 weeks x 120 minutes) 14 1 Hoorcollege 3 lectures x 90 minutes 4,5 opdrachten individual assignments 7 Groepswerk grouppresentation 4 literatuurstudie / bestuderen theorie Selfstudy, including reading and preparation, 7 hrs. P week 49 2 excursie bedrijsbezoek optional nvt tentamen voorbereiding Exam preparation 7 written Exam / Essay / Sitdown 5 totaal 90,5 3
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Understanding Business Ethics; Stanwick & Stanwick; 978-0-13712989; International Edition; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
86/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Company Project
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXCOMPRO-11 Company Project 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
Diverse werkvormen
verplicht
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2, blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 0 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
87/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Corporate Finance
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-CORPFIN-09 Corporate Finance 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
120 minuten
60 minuten
80 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
7 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Wriiten Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
180
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning 88/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
outcomes COMPETENCIES Taken from the IBMS National Platform: The graduate can independently handle issues of finance including: The ability to describe and work with various forms of long term financing (debt and equity). The ability to contribute to a company’s financial analysis, financial planning & forecasting and financial reporting. The ability to perform calculations regarding working capital management, to contribute to managing financial risks. Finally the student should be learning how to contribute to management control of a multinational organisation by means of an integrated application of his knowledge and his decision making skills. COURSE OBJECTIVES Have knowledge of and insight in sources of long term and short term financing Has knowledge of the basics of working capital management and financing Can formulate considerations for the financial structure of an organization including cost Can develop and properly utilize financial ratios Has a basic insight into the relationship between risk and return Can explain the “Capital Asset Pricing Model” Has a basic knowledge of valuation concepts Can recognize the various types of bonds and how they are valued Can value stocks Inhoud WORK LOAD Students: You earn 15 Ects per block. That means for 15 ECTS you should work 40 hours a week, including class time. Do you? For this class of 6 ECTS, we expect you to work 156 hours over 10 weeks. Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on study and class preparation and exam preparation for an entire module. Total Workload: 156 Hours!! Break down: Class Contact hours Readings (4 hours per chapter (11 chapters) Problem Solving/homework (2 hours per week) Individual Assignment Reading the Newspaper daily Reading outside literature on Finance Sheffield Cake Exam Preparation: (1 exam)
32 hours 44 hours 14 hours 38 hours 10 hours 10 hours 10 hours 10 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Corporate Finance Fundamentals; Hillier, Ross; Clachier, Westerfield, Jordan; 9780077131364; 1 European edition; Mcgraw Hill; Workload
Contactduur (uren): 30 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren):
89/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Totaal (uren): 33 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
90/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Development, CSR and Business Ethics 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DEVCSR1-10
3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
LA de Bell (tel. 088 481 6830) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assignment
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het
91/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
totaal.
92/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Development, CSR and Business Ethics 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DEVCSR2-10 Development, CSR and Business Ethics 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
LA de Bell (tel. 088 481 6830) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
90 minuten
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
4 maal per blok
180 minuten
12 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toetsduur (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
gelegenheid
Assignment
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Via docent; Workload
Contactduur (uren): 23 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren):
93/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Totaal (uren): 23 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
94/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTCH1-08 Dutch 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Oral test
Mondeling
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Stap1; Christine Boeken; 90 5451 602X; Laatste; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
95/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTCH2-08 Dutch 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Oral test
Mondeling
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Stap2; Christine Boeken; 90 5451 6046; Laatste; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
96/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTCH3-08 Dutch 3 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Training 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toetsduur (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Oral test
Mondeling
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
90
gelegenheid
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Stap2; Christine Boeken; 90 5451 6046; Laatste; Intertaal;
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20
97/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
98/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTBEG3-10 Dutch Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Training 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Oral Test
Mondeling
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
90
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten
99/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
studiematerialen
Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Ter Zake; Ineke de Bakker; 978 90 5451 0277; Laatste; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren):
Workload
Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
100/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTBEG4-05 Dutch Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
Assignment
Oral test
toetsvorm
Opdracht
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Mondeling
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Ter Zake; Lyan Bekkers; 978 90 5451 0277; Laatste; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload Totaal (uren): 9 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten.
101/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
102/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch Beginners A1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTBEGA1-12 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Mondeling
Assessment
Mondeling
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten
103/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 28 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
104/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch Beginners A2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTBEGA2-12 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen: resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
gelegenheid
Assessment
Assessment
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Mondeling
Mondeling
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 28 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het 105/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
totaal.
106/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Dutch Beginners Fast Track A2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-DUTFTA2-12 5 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
YS Brenner (tel. 6332) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
180 minuten
21 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
21 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
180 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Mondeling
resultaatschaal
Assessment
Mondeling
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten
107/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): 42 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 42 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
108/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
eGlobe Management Game
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EGLOBE-12 eGlobe Management Game 1 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
GL van Leeuwen (tel. 088-481 6519) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
60 minuten
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
480 minuten
Toetsen: toets
Logboek
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
Verslag, rapport en essay
invoeren in letters (V, O, of NA)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Diversen (verplicht) : Management similatiespel kost 30 euro (voor aanvang spel contant te voldoen). Workload
Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): 109/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Totaal (uren): 9 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
110/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Finance for Non Financials
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXFFNONF-06 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MA Brown (tel. 0884816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
2.1. COMPETENCIES After studying this module the student should be able to: 1. Understand and measure business risk 2. Understand company valuation and project appraisal techniques 3 Read and be able to talk about the Financial health of a company based on its annual report 4. Be able to read a financial report requested by a marketing department and understand the report’s recommendations and conclusions 5. Be able to draw conclusions, make strategic decisions and recommendations about the future of firms. 2.2 COURSE OBJECTIVES • Can develop and properly utilize financial ratios • Has a basic insight into the relationship between risk and return • Can choose between several ways of financing assets • Can explain the “Capital Asset Pricing Model” • Determine a company’s component costs of capital • Has a basic knowledge of valuation concepts • Can evaluate arguments qua correctness and relevance and make recommendations as to their suitableness • Can analyze problems • Can work accurately • Can make strategic decisions • Can work under pressure, can set up an approach to a problem with deadlines and can meet deadlines. 3.1 COURSE DESCRIPTION This is an introductory course on the basics of Finance. It can be considered a prerequisite for anyone pursuing a business degree in order to 111/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
achieve a fundamental understanding of how the corporate financial world works. Topics covered include financial analysis, capital budgeting, risk assessment, and company valuation techniques.
WORKLOAD: 4.1 TESTS AND ASSESSMENTS There will be one written exam at the end of the block, with one re-sit possibility per exam. The exam is 70% of the block grade. In addition, there will be an individual assignment, (the case) representing 20% of the final block grade. The case cannot be re-sit. Students will not be given a final grade if the assignment is not handed in. Cases DO NOT carry through from one year to the next. Students will be penalized points for lateness for the cases. Finally, there will be homework assignments given. The homework is due in class on the date given or mentioned by the lecturer/teacher. All homework and the case assignment due should be typed using your own words, the day of class of the week mentioned in the syllabus. Merely copying of Internet or other articles is not allowed. Homework is obligatory and represents 10% of the final grade. If homework is late it will not be graded. 4.2 WORK LOAD For this class of 3 ECTS, I expect you to work 84 hours over 10 weeks. Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on study and class preparation and exam preparation for an entire module Total Workload: Break down: 84 Hours: Class Contact Hours 14 hours Readings (1 1/2 hours per week) 10 hours Problem Solving 3 hours per week) 21 hours Individual Assignment 22 hours Homework: 7 hours Exam Preparation: (1 exam) 10 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Essentials of Corporate Finance; Ross, Westerfield, Jordan; 9780071314367; 7; McGraw Hill; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
112/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
German 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GERMAN1-08 German 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Training 2
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes If you ask yourself why you should learn a foreign language - and German in particular - to become a manager, there is a simple and a more complicated answer to this question. I’ll start with the more complicated one.
Inhoud
The Eskimos have 3 words for ‘snow’, depending on whether it falls, lies on the ground or is used for building an igloo. Some Arab languages have nearly 100 words for ‘camel’, whereas the Hopi Indians use the same word for insect, plane and pilot. These striking examples show that speaking a foreign language is much more than translating words from one language into another. Speaking a foreign language means entering a new world.
Learning a language is a fascinating process. It’s like entering the ‘mind’ of another culture and discovering different ideas about reality, different beliefs and different perceptions of the world. 113/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Learning a language can be a slow process, but it is the most intercultural experience you can imagine. You will get to know another culture ‘from within’ - and by learning about another culture you will also learn much more about your own. And you will also learn and experience that there is not ‘one’ reality (despite the English speaking ‘global village’ in which we all increasingly seem to live), but a multitude of people with very diverse ideas about the world – a multitude of diverse people that are all sharing the same planet! Being aware of that and being able to deal with diversity – those are essential tools of an international manager.
In the beginning I also promised you a simple answer. Here it is. Austria, Switzerland and Germany comprise about 100 million native German speakers. Germany is Europe’s biggest economy and one of the world’s biggest exporters. It is the most important trading partner for the Netherlands and other countries in Europe and an important partner for many countries in the globalized economy. Maybe at some point in your career, you will be working for a company from the German speaking world or for a joint venture with a German partner, whether you will stay in Europe or work in some other part of the world. Knowing the language will open many doors for you in your professional life, like for IBMS student Sanne who works in Thailand for one of the biggest Thai companies. While being on internship she already became the manager responsible for the German market – because she knew the language!
In this course you will learn everything that you need to know in order to communicate with German speaking business partners. You will have plenty of opportunities to practice the language in almost any situation that you will come across later in your professional life. We will pay attention to presentation skills in German and you will get information about internships and studying in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. And already at the end of the second block you will be able to do your first presentation in German!
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Lehrbuch; Becker, Braunert, Kosten en Schlenker; 90 5451 6143; ; Intertaal; studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Arbeitsbuch; Becker, Braunert, Schlenker; 90 5451 6151; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Wörterheft; Braunert; 90 5451 6186; ;; Contactduur (uren): 16 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 18 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
114/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
German 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GERMAN2-08 German 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes If you ask yourself why you should learn a foreign language - and German in particular - to become a manager, there is a simple and a more complicated answer to this question. I’ll start with the more complicated one.
Inhoud
The Eskimos have 3 words for ‘snow’, depending on whether it falls, lies on the ground or is used for building an igloo. Some Arab languages have nearly 100 words for ‘camel’, whereas the Hopi Indians use the same word for insect, plane and pilot. These striking examples show that speaking a foreign language is much more than translating words from one language into another. Speaking a foreign language means entering a new world.
Learning a language is a fascinating process. It’s like entering the ‘mind’ of another culture and discovering different ideas about reality, different beliefs and different perceptions of the world. 115/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Learning a language can be a slow process, but it is the most intercultural experience you can imagine. You will get to know another culture ‘from within’ - and by learning about another culture you will also learn much more about your own. And you will also learn and experience that there is not ‘one’ reality (despite the English speaking ‘global village’ in which we all increasingly seem to live), but a multitude of people with very diverse ideas about the world – a multitude of diverse people that are all sharing the same planet! Being aware of that and being able to deal with diversity – those are essential tools of an international manager.
In the beginning I also promised you a simple answer. Here it is. Austria, Switzerland and Germany comprise about 100 million native German speakers. Germany is Europe’s biggest economy and one of the world’s biggest exporters. It is the most important trading partner for the Netherlands and other countries in Europe and an important partner for many countries in the globalized economy. Maybe at some point in your career, you will be working for a company from the German speaking world or for a joint venture with a German partner, whether you will stay in Europe or work in some other part of the world. Knowing the language will open many doors for you in your professional life, like for IBMS student Sanne who works in Thailand for one of the biggest Thai companies. While being on internship she already became the manager responsible for the German market – because she knew the language!
In this course you will learn everything that you need to know in order to communicate with German speaking business partners. You will have plenty of opportunities to practice the language in almost any situation that you will come across later in your professional life. We will pay attention to presentation skills in German and you will get information about internships and studying in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. And already at the end of the second block you will be able to do your first presentation in German!
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Lehrbuch; Becker, Braunert, Schlenker; 90 5451 6143; ; Intertaal; Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Arbeitsbuch; ; 90 5451 6151; ; studiematerialen Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Braunert; Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Wörterheft; 90 5451 6186; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Duitse grammatica voor het economisch onderwijs; Duijvestijn/Mangnus; 90-6675-698-5; Walvaboek; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
116/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
German 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GERMAN3-08 German 3 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
120
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes If you ask yourself why you should learn a foreign language - and German in particular - to become an international manager, there is a simple and a more complicated answer to this question. I’ll start with the more complicated one.
Inhoud
The Eskimos have 3 words for ‘snow’, depending on whether it falls, lies on the ground or is used for building an igloo. Some Arab languages have nearly 100 words for ‘camel’, whereas the Hopi Indians use the same word for insect, plane and pilot. These striking examples show that speaking a foreign language is much more than translating words from one language into another. Speaking a foreign language means entering a new world.
117/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Learning a language is a fascinating process. It’s like entering the ‘mind’ of another culture and discovering different ideas about reality, different beliefs and different perceptions of the world. Learning a language can be a slow process, but it is the most intercultural experience you can imagine. You will get to know another culture ‘from within’ - and by learning about another culture you will also learn much more about your own. And you will also learn and experience that there is not ‘one’ reality (despite the English speaking ‘global village’ in which we all increasingly seem to live), but a multitude of people with very diverse ideas about the world – a multitude of diverse people that are all sharing the same planet! Being aware of that and being able to deal with diversity – those are essential tools of an international manager.
In the beginning I also promised you a simple answer. Here it is. Austria, Switzerland and Germany comprise about 100 million native German speakers. Germany is Europe’s biggest economy and one of the world’s biggest exporters. It is the most important trading partner for the Netherlands and other countries in Europe and an important partner for many countries in the globalized economy. Maybe at some point in your career, you will be working for a company from the German speaking world or for a joint venture with a German partner, whether you will stay in Europe or work in some other part of the world. Knowing the language will open many doors for you in your professional life, like for IBMS student Sanne who works in Thailand for one of the biggest Thai companies. While being on internship she already became the manager responsible for the German market – because she knew the language!
In this course you will learn everything that you need to know in order to communicate with German speaking business partners. You will have plenty of opportunities to practice the language in almost any situation that you will come across later in your professional life. You will be trained in your presentation skills in German and you will get information about internships and studying in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. And already at the end of the second block you will be able to do your first presentation in German!\
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Lehrbuch; Becker, Braunert, Schlenker; 90 5451 6143; ; Intertaal; Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Arbeitsbuch; Becker, Braunert, studiematerialen Schlenker; 90 5451 6151; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Braunert; Unternehmen Deutsch Grundkurs Wörterheft; 90 5451 6186; ; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Duitse grammatica voor het economisch onderwijs; Duijvestijn/Mangnus; 90-6675-698-4; 4; Walvaboek; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
118/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
German Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GERBEG3-00 German, Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels, Duits
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Training
aanwezigheid
verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
120 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam 1
Written Exam 2
Tentamen
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
60
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
60
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs (Lehrbuch); Braunert/ Schlenker; studiematerialen 90-5451-6879; 1; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbankurs (Arbeitsheft); Braunert/
119/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Schlenker; 90-5451-6887; 1; ; Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 16 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
120/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
German Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GB4-10 German, Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
UC Massholder (tel. 6891) (
[email protected]) Engels, Duits
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes This course trains students in all 4 language skills, listening, reading, speaking and writing. Issues to be dealt with are: learning vocabulary, learning and exercising grammar and grammar structures, pronunciation exercises, exercising dialogues in business situations, (introduction to) writing business letters, exercising listening skills, reading and understanding simple texts, e.g. on economical, social, cultural, geographical and other aspects of Germany (or other German speaking countries).
Inhoud
The context of the above mentioned situations and subjects, role plays , listening exercises and reading materials, idioms is related to authentic business situations, relevant to future business people. The language training focuses at planning and preparing business trips, meeting (inviting, visiting, telephoning with) German speaking business partners in various situations, e.g. at a trade fair, in a restaurant, in a job interview etc.
121/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
IBMS Mission
It is our collective and individual goal to educate and equip our international students in the field of international business. We invest in a future generation of young professionals through mutual inspiration and respect, having responsibility for a future sustainable planet.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbaukurs (Lehrbuch); Braunert/ Schlenker; studiematerialen 9789054516873; 1; Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Unternehmen Deutsch Aufbankurs (Arbeitsheft); Braunert/ Schlenker; 9789054516880; 1; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
122/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Global Project
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GLOBPROJ-12 9 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
MAJ Schuman (tel. 6314) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
90 minuten
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Assessment
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
5,5
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
123/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Global Supply Chain
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXGLOBSC-06 Global Supply Chain 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KJ Krijgsman (tel. 6477) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Written exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
124/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Global Supply Chain Management 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GLSCM1-10 Global Supply Chain Management 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KJ Krijgsman (tel. 6477) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
1
Inhoud
Course Description
The main focus in this course is European Distribution. From that point of view, emphasis is given about what the main logistic strategies are for companies when doing Business in European markets. First there is an overview of the actual trends, networks and product characteristics, then followed by the main topics about inventory, warehousing, cost, transport and outsourcing of logistic services. At the end there is dedicated attention for the most recent developments that affect European Distribution, like Distribution Supply Chain Management concept (DSCM)i, E-business, Efficient replenishment and Advances planning and Scheduling (APS). At several stages in the course there will be special attention and awareness for IT-applications and how they can be used for
125/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
implementation, execution and control of activities in the European Distribution area.
The topics that are uncovered in this course are somewhere based on principles and concepts that are offered in previous logistic courses in the IBMS-programme, like Business Processes project. (MBIB-VBUSPROP-06) Other topics can be experienced as a first time event. However, new or old, all topics, concepts, techniques and its applications now will be explained, presented and worked out against an European scenery.
Besides offering and working with knowledge, concepts, questions, cases and exercises, another relevant part of this course is dedicated to working on an assignment. This consists of a teamassignment and an individual assignment.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : European Distribution and Supply chain logistics; Van Goor, Ploos van Amstel, Ploos van Amstel; 90-207-3253-6; 1; Wolters Noordhoff; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
126/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Global Supply Chain Management 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GLSCM2-10 Global Supply Chain Management 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KJ Krijgsman (tel. 6477) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
4 maal per blok
80 minuten
5 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
240 minuten
4 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
2 maal per blok
60 minuten
2 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Assessment
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Workload
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : European Distribution and Supply chain logistics; Van Goor, Ploos van Amstel, Ploos van Amstel; 90-207-3253-6; 1; Wolters Noordhoff; Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 11 127/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
128/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Globalization Finance and Accounting
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GFINMAN-08 Globalization Finance and Accounting 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MA Brown (tel. 0884816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
180
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
IBMS Professionally related competency Learning Objectives ¿X Is able to prepare an income statement and balance sheet for a service organization and prepare the correct journal entries with it ¿X Is able to develop a complete financial budget, create a financial forecasts and devise financial plans and budgets ¿X Can calculate costs for reasons of cost price calculations, breakeven calculations, and for decision making purposes ¿X Is able to describe the role of Managerial and Cost accounting in organization ¿X Is able to create a corporate pricing policy, and make other short term financial decisions ¿X Can identify the users of accounting information ¿X Can identify basic financial accounts ¿X Can record transactions and prepare a trial balance ¿X Knows how to measure business profit ¿X Know how to determine a free cash flow for capital budgeting purposes ¿X Understand the basics of working capital management ¿X Explain Performance measurement models such as The Balanced Scorecard, Return on Investment and Residual Income ¿X Begin to be learning how to contribute to management control of a small to medium sized firm by means of an integrated application of his knowledge and his decision making skills. ¿X Contribute to managing financial risks ¿X Begin to understand the mixture of long-term (international) debt and equity financing (capital structure) ¿X Ability to begin to write and defend a financial plan for a (start-up) company ¿X The ability to pro-actively seek and 129/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
commercially evaluate business opportunities for both new and existing products/services. ¿X The ability to take risks in order to optimise business profit. Interpersonal competencies: -Leadership The ability to take initiative and a leading role within a (project) team in order to reach a defined goal. -Co-operation The ability to actively contribute to a group product or result. -Communication (oral and written). The ability to express himself fluently and correctly in English, both in speech and writing. The ability to lead discussions, expresses his ideas, make proposals, draft reports and give presentations. The ability to make proper use of audio-visual aids in his presentations. Taskoriented competencies: -Analysing and information processing. The ability to apply relevant, theories and concepts, to combine several subjects, to gather information and draw conclusions in a methodical and reflective manner. The ability to act carefully and punctually and to produce output that is literate, numerate and coherent. -Creative problem solving. The ability to define and analyse complex situations, to develop alternative solutions to problems that are neither straightforward nor subject to standard procedures and to assess the effects. -Planning and organising. The ability to plan, manage, control and evaluate personal work activities and group work in projects. The ability to make use of relevant techniques in his activities to monitor his own performance. Intra-personal competencies: -Learning and self- development The ability to know his strengths and weaknesses and to indicate how and when he intends to improve his weaknesses; he knows the limits of his competencies and can critically evaluate and account for his own actions; he can take criticism and put it to good use. Takes initiative and works independently.
WORKLOAD: Study burden: Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on study and class preparation for the entire module (7 weeks) Total Workload 80 hours Class Contact hours 14 hours Class Preparation: (Represents reading time 3 hours *7 weeks 21 hours Weekly homework preparation (2 hours per week) 14 hours Exam preparation (1 exam) 8 hours Individual Assignments: 20 hours Formal Assessment (1 final exam of 180 minutes) 2 hours Testing: There will be 1 exam of 3 hours length at the end of the block, with one Re-sit possibility per academic year. The exam will test primarily cognitive knowledge from the book. The exam will account for 70% of the final grade. An additional 30% will be tested through individual Report Assignments. Criteria for the assignments are found after the Sample exam, on page 11. The individual assignment WILL LOOSE a POINT for EVERT DAY LATE as from the time and day it is due . Individual assignments grades do not follow through to the following year in situations where the course is not passed. Students who cheat or plagiarize from others or from Internet sources will receive a failing grade.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Financial and Managerial Accounting; Needles; 9780538742979; 9; Houghton mifflin/cengage; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 3 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 22 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
130/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Globalization Outsourcing
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GLOBOUT-08 Globalisation Outsourcing 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
LA de Bell (tel. 088 481 6830) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
90 minuten
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : How We Compete. What companies around the world are doing to studiematerialen make it in todays global economy; Suzanne Berger; 9 780385 513593; 1; Currency / Doubleday (Random House);
Workload
Contactduur (uren): 25 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 25
131/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
132/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Graduation Project Research Skills
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-GRPRRESK-09 Graduation Project Research Skills 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
SM Ashley (tel. 088 - 481 6345) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 4
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 4
2 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
2 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
Werkvorm
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
verplicht
1 maal per blok
verplicht
1 maal per blok
80 minuten
120 minuten
120 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Assignment 1 Literature review
Assignment 2 Research proposal
Opdracht
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens 133/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Conduct an academic literature search using library and electronic resources; 2. Review academic literature; 3. Write an academic essay using the APA Style referencing system; 4. Apply theoretical concepts to a practical research plan; and 5. Write an academic research proposal.
Inhoud
WORKLOAD:
Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Total hours:
84 hours
Training sessions (14 x 80 minutes) Literature search and review including weekly homework Field research proposal including weekly homework
19 32.5 32.5
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Doing Research; N. Verhoeven; 9789047300649; laatste; Boom Academic; Contactduur (uren): 13 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren):
Workload
Totaal (uren): 13 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
134/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Human Resource Management
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXHRM-06 Human Resource Management 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
MP Oteman (tel. +3188-4816235) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Nog niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
135/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Business Plan Project
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INBUSPRO-08 International Business plan Project 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RKD de Bruijn (tel. 088-4816537) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
270 minuten
5 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
4 maal per blok
120 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
3 maal per blok
80 minuten
4 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Assignment
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Study Career Planning
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Managing Your Competencies; R. Grit, R. Guit and N. van der Sijde;
136/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
9789001500009; Laatste; Wolters-Noordhoff; Contactduur (uren): 31 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 31 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
137/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Business Plan Project IBEM
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INBUSPRO-11 International Business Plan Project IBEM 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
RKD de Bruijn (tel. 088-4816537) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
150 minuten
18 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
gelegenheid
Assignment
Opdracht
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Study Career Planning
Opdracht
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Kosten en Geen kosten studiematerialen Workload
Contactduur (uren): 46 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): 138/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Totaal (uren): 46 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
139/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Economics
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTECO-00 International Economics 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
GL van Leeuwen (tel. 088-481 6519) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
120 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten) bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
At the end of the module the student should be able to analyse and discuss the various ways in which governments try to stimulate economic growth and achieve macroeconomic stability, as well as the problems and dilemmas they face in this respect. He will understand why countries trade and what constraints companies face when trading internationally. Also the student should master the basics of international economics, like the balance of payments and exchange rate theory. Furthermore, he will learn about the economic integration of the European Union and its impacts on consumers and producers. In specific, the following professional-specific IBMS competencies are 140/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
targeted: the student can describe the key elements of general economics and relate these to international trade. He/she can describe the international trade systems, international financial relations and the role of capital flows; the student is able to identify financial issues in the media and explain these. WORKLOAD: Total studyload in hours per student is 84 [3 EC'S] Class contact hours: 21 hours (7 x 3) End of chapter Assignments: 27 hours Reading time: 34 hours (ca. 7 x 5) Exam:
2 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : International Economics; Gerber; 978-0-321-46853-6; 5; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 14 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
141/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Finance 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTFIN1-09 International Finance 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
F Iranpour (tel. 088-4816957) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
2.1
Inhoud
Learning Objectives
1. Have a basic background on the current international financial environment 2. Have the ability to describe and understand the consequences of the various risks inherent in international business 3. Understand, and know how to account for, exchange rate risk management techniques like forwards, futures, options, and money market hedges 4. Understand exchange rate behavior and its effect on economic, transactional and translational exposure 5. Understand and be able to contribute to the management control of a multinational organization 6. Understand some of the differences in international accounting and realize the movement toward a global harmonization of Accounting 7. Have an increased understanding of corporate strategy in an international environment via this
142/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
course and its interaction the Intopia project 8. Understanding the interactions and the interdependence of the various functions in an international organization, and how they are all necessary to achieve the overall goals and objectives of an international firm. 9. Be able to work analytically, write problem solving reports and be aware of current international business news and events that impact international financial management 10. Can interpret financial statements 11. Can evaluate arguments qua correctness and relevance 12 .Can analyze problems 13. Can work accurately 14. Can work under pressure and meet deadlines. WORKLOAD: 4.1 Study Load Class Contact Hours Readings (2.5 hours per week) Problem Solving (2 hours per week) Individual Assignments Exam Preparation:
80 Hours: 14 hours 18 hours 14 hours 28 hours 6 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : International Financial Management; Jeff Madura and Roland Fox; 978184480 3606; ; Thomson press/cengage; Contactduur (uren): 33 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 35 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
143/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Finance 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTFIN2-09 International Finance 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
120
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Competencies and course objectives
After having followed and passed this course, the student is able to: Describe common motives for initiating direct foreign investment (DFI) Illustrate the benefits of international diversification Inhoud
Compare the capital budgeting analysis of an MNCs (Multinational Corporations) subsidiary versus its parent Demonstrate how multinational capital budgeting can be applied to determine whether an international project should be implemented Explain how the risk of international projects can be assessed Provide a background on how MNCs use international acquisitions as a form of
144/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
multinational restructuring Explain how MNCs conduct valuations of foreign target firms Explain why valuations of a target firm vary among MNCs that plan to restructure by acquiring a target Identify other types of multinational restructuring, besides national acquisitions Identify the common factors used by MNCs to measure a country’s political and financial risk Explain the techniques used to measure country risk Explain how MNCs use the assessment of country risk when making financial decisions Explain how corporate and country characteristics influence an MNCs cost of capital Explain why there are differences in the costs of capital among countries Explain how corporate and country characteristics are considered by an MNC when it establishes its capital structure Explain why MNCs consider long-term financing in foreign currencies Explain how to assess the feasibility of long-term financing in foreign currencies. Explain how the assessment of long-term financing in foreign currencies is adjusted for bonds with floating interest rates Illustrate the possible benefits of financing with a portfolio of currencies Explain the difference in analyzing cash flows from a subsidiary perspective and from a parent perspective Explain the various techniques used to optimize cash flows and common complications in optimizing cash flows Understand some of the differences in international accounting and realize the movement toward a global harmonization of Accounting Have an increased understanding of corporate strategy in an international environment via this course and its interaction with the Intopia project Understand the interactions and the interdependence of the various functions in an international organization, and how they are all necessary to achieve the overall goals and objectives of an international firm. Be able to work analytically, write problem solving reports and be aware of current international business news and events that impact international financial management Be able to give a presentation about an aspect of a MNCs international financial management process vis a vis current events WORKLOAD: 4.1 Study Load Class Contact Hours 14 hours Readings (2.5 hours per week) 18 hours Problem Solving (2 hours per week) Individual Assignments 28 hours Exam Preparation:
80 Hours:
14 hours
6 hours 145/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : International Financial management; Jeff Madura and Roland Fox; 978 1 84480 360 6; 2; thompson press/ CENGAGE; Contactduur (uren): 33 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 35 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
146/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Management Behaviour
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXINTMAB-06 International Management Behaviour 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
NMM Teeken (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
Werkvorm
verplicht
3 maal per blok
90 minuten
5 uren
blok
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Course Goals and Learning Objectives • Understanding contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues that impact ethical business behaviour • Understanding different perspectives related to contemporary ethical and social theories and/or issues • Developing ethical responsibility • Being able to apply or introduce ethical code of conduct within the business practice WORKLOAD: Business Ethics & International Management Behavior studyburden hrs aantal ec Werkcollege weekly classes (7 weeks x 120 minutes) 14 1 Hoorcollege 3 lectures x 90 minutes 4,5 opdrachten individual assignments 7 Groepswerk grouppresentation 4 literatuurstudie / bestuderen theorie Selfstudy, including reading and preparation, 7 hrs. P week 49 2 excursie bedrijsbezoek optional nvt tentamen voorbereiding Exam preparation 7 written Exam / Essay / Sitdown 5 totaal 90,5 3
Inhoud
Ingangseisen
Geen
147/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Understanding Business Ethics; Stanwick & Stanwick; 978-0-13712989; ; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 19 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
148/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Marketing For Exchange
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXINTMAR-08 International Marketing For Exchange students 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Nog niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 14 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
149/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
International Sales Management
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTSAMAN-09 International Sales Management 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessment
Written Exam
Assessment
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
120
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud
Customer Relationship Management
150/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
- CRM General Objectives . Analyzing problems and making judgements; is able to break problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. . Problem solving and decisiveness; respond constructively to problems by analyzing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. . Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. . Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground, finds solutions. . Project management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. . B2B customer-oriented; organizes one’s activities in accordance with customers’ needs with a view to maintaining longstanding relations, both internally and externally. - CRM Specific learning objectives 1. The student sees the marketing clear reasons to distinguish the customers in attractive, medium attractive and less attractive. 2. The student knows the performance indicators needed to create customer groups. 3. The student knows the ICT-software (e.g. Excel) for creating a relevant information system. 4. The student knows the advantages and disadvantages of the available types of media; personal, semi-personal or non-personal in B2B. 5. The student knows the essence of CRM in Account Management in B2B-customer loyalty programs. 6. The student knows how to examine how marketers are using the emerging technological innovations to better communicate with their B2B target markets. 7. The student is able to investigate the dissatisfaction of B2B-customers with the current company policy and creating the performance indicators for the service-quality of services. Planning, organising and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 8. The student understands the nature and scope of international Account Management activities. Responds constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 9. The student is able to write in understandable and accessible language a Account plan: one-toone to B2B and B2G (G=government). 10. The student is capable to long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. Breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. - CRM Competences . Is able to independently draft and defend a B2B-plan, based on CRM in Account management; . Is in the position to explain the B2B-philosophy (‘company DNA’) of a specific B2B-company; . Is able to describe key aspects of business economics and relate these to the international financial management of a business or organization; . Can use data to indicate how to optimize international sales and purchasing processes; . Can defend his CRM sales strategic decisions in Account Management; . Can play an active part in ‘project management’ and, if necessary, act as the project leader; . Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; . Reads international specialist literature – also on the internet, and has a state-of-the art ICT system; . Can indicate how ICT within an organization will lead to an improvement of both the internal and external information. Uses relevant ICT techniques and (planning) systems in his activities; . Can make a proposal and draft a report, applying his knowledge, skills and creativity in generating well-ordered ideas and using practical examples to support his proposals; . Can use the most important statistical concepts and procedures, for instance within the framework of quantitative inter-country research; is capable of independent data processing to can use the most important statistical concepts and procedures, for instance within the framework of quantitative inter-country research.
151/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
WORKLOAD: Customer Relationship (CRM) Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) ECTS Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 1,5 Total weekly study 15 Theory assignments (2) 12,5 CRM-Company Presentation / assignment
25
1,5
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Managing Customers as Investments; S. Gupta & Donald R. Lehmann Kosten en ; 0-13-142895-0; 1; Prentice Hall studiematerialen Diversen (verplicht) : articles provided; Boek (verplicht) : Selling and Sales Management; D. Jobber & G. Lancaster; 978-0-27372065-2; 8; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 28 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 30 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
152/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Internship 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTERSH1-08 Internship 1 15 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
IK Wieringa (tel. 088-4816401) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
frequentie
1 maal per blok
1 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
60 minuten
90 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
1 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
2 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assignment
Opdracht
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud
Internship I, MBIB-INTERSH1-08 is intended as a general exploration of the future field of employment. As Hogeschool Utrecht puts a strong emphasis on problem-oriented thinking, it is 153/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
important that in this internship the student gets a clear picture of professional practice, actively participates in the day-to-day work, and performs analytical work in the context of short-term projects.
The student has the opportunity to gain practical, relevant working experience and to get an impression of the international business community, as well as an opportunity to further develop his personal and professional skills in an international working environment related to the IBMS curriculum, i.e. Business Logistics, Financial Accounting and Marketing Management.
The second-year student has to participate in the operational activities of the host company and his responsibilities will usually be limited to analysing and/or implementing (parts of) assignments relating to the students’ interests.
Students will be responsible for finding an internship company in accordance with the company requirements (page 5). The advantages of this policy are that the student will acquire skills in applying for a job, acquisition, networking and negotiation. The internship will be rewarded with 15 ECs. More information about this course: A more elaborate description of the content of this course can be found on the sharepointsite https://www.sharepoint.hu.nl/sites/CursuswijzersFEM. There you will also find a description of the competences and skills to be obtained.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Geen Literatuur; Contactduur (uren): 3 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 3 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
154/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Internship/Graduation Project
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTGRAD-11 Internship/Graduation project 30 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Nederlands
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
More information about this course:
Inhoud A more elaborate description of the content of this course can be found on the sharepointsite https://www.sharepoint.hu.nl/sites/CursuswijzersFEM. There you will also find a description of the competences and skills to be obtained.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : nog niet bekend;
Workload
Contactduur (uren): Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 0
155/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
156/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Intopia for Exchange students
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXINTOPI-08 Intopia For Exchange Students 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkcollege
verplicht
7 maal per blok
480 minuten
56 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Group and individual Assignments
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten) bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Learning Objectives After finishing this course the student: Is able to develop a complete financial budget, create financial forecasts and devise financial plans and budgets Can calculate costs for reasons of cost price calculations, breakeven calculations, and for decision making purposes Has the ability to begin to write and defend a financial plan for a (start-up) company
Inhoud
Has the ability to pro-actively seek and commercially evaluate business opportunities for both new and existing products/services Can take risks in order to optimise business profit. Will understand Classic business strategy, economies of scale, scope, & experience, proprietary technology, brand loyalty, control of distribution systems, differential inputs (i.e. low cost labour), Game theory: balancing co-operation & competition, multi-market contact and strategic alliances; Classic international business decisions & problems: coordination of global sourcing, market selection, choice of entry mode, large transportation costs & time lags, exchange rate fluctuations, differences in wage rates, taxes, inflation. Etc.
157/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
WORKLOAD: Workload: Intopia is a 6 ec course. Therefore the total workload is 164 hours.
In Intopia , this will average AT LEAST 20 hours per student per week. Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Diversen (verplicht) : Executive guide and syllabus to be downloaded from Intopia Sharepoint site; Contactduur (uren): 56 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 56 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
158/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Intopia
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-INTOPIA-01 Intopia, a Management Solution 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
CA Rau (tel. 6348) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
180 minuten
21 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
1 maal per blok
120 minuten
2 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Group and individual Assignments
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten) bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
Learning Objectives After finishing this course the student: Is able to develop a complete financial budget, create financial forecasts and devise financial plans and budgets Can calculate costs for reasons of cost price calculations, breakeven calculations, and for decision making purposes Has the ability to begin to write and defend a financial plan for a (start-up) company Has the ability to pro-actively seek and commercially evaluate business opportunities for both new and existing products/services Can take risks in order to optimise business profit. Will understand Classic business strategy, economies of scale, scope, & experience, proprietary technology, brand loyalty, control of distribution systems, differential inputs (i.e. low cost labour), Game theory: balancing co-operation & competition, multi-market contact and strategic alliances; Classic international business decisions & problems: coordination of global sourcing, market
159/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
selection, choice of entry mode, large transportation costs & time lags, exchange rate fluctuations, differences in wage rates, taxes, inflation. Etc. WORKLOAD:
Intopia is a 6 ec course. That means the total study burden is 164 hours of work. This breaks down into a minimum of 20 hours of work per week per student
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Reader (verplicht) : Executive Guide; Syllabus; ; Contactduur (uren): 23 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 23 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
160/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Management & Organisation
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXMANORG-06 Management And Organisation 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkcollege 1
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Werkcollege 2
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
Written Exam
Multiple Choice Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
60
bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes By the end of this course you will have the attitude, knowledge and "people-skills" to work effectively as a manager in an international organization. As an international manager, you will be able to contribute to a sustainable organization. You will be able to predict the impact of individuals, as well as groups on behaviour in an organization and will be able to relate all of the above directly to employee productivity, satisfaction, absenteeism and turnover.
Inhoud
WORKLOAD: • 3 ec • 84 hours study load • Two lectures in lecture hall of 60 minutes, divided over the block, and 7 weekly classes of 160 minutes • Lectures and classes = 2 + 18 hours = 20 hours • 28 hours reading for preparation (4 hours per week, 7 weeks, 14 chapters) • 7 hours homework and home study • 6 hours for assignment 1 • 6 hours for assignment 2 • 16 hours for preparation for exam • 1 hour for sitting the exam
161/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Nog niet bekend; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 1 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
162/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Organizational Behaviour and HRM
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-OBHRM-11 Organizational Behaviour and HRM 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
IWG van Helvert (tel. 088-4816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
90 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3 bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assessement HRM
Assessement OB
Assessment
Assessment
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen 163/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Kosten en studiematerialen
Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Human Resource Management; Beardwell; ; 6; ; Boek (verplicht) : Introduction to Organisation Theory; Ten Berghe; ; ; ; Boek (verplicht) : Organizational Behaviour; S. Robbins; ; ; ; Contactduur (uren): 11 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren):
Workload
Totaal (uren): 11 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
164/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Project Management
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-PROMAN-11 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
RLJ Eeken (tel. 6973) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assignment
Opdracht
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
Students will learn about the basic concepts related to project management and information system development . Then they will get the opportunity to use MS Project and MS-Access in a project that is part of a related course (NGO-Project) Outcomes: At the end of this module students will be able to: - Apply a basic project management approach to work activities 165/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
-
Create and plan a new project in MS Project Enter, link and manage tasks in MS Project Enter an manage resources in MS Project Track project progress in MS Project Query a relational database (Access) Analyse an information system Design an information system Select appropriate standard software Write an advisory report to improve operational and managerial process information
WORKLOAD:
The total study load is 3 ECTS’s or 84 hours of work. Below is an estimate of the time an average student should spend on attending lectures, study and class preparation for an entire module of 1 block. Class contact hours Reading Preparing Assignments TOTAL
14 hours 25 hours 7 hours 38 hours ----------------84 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Business Information Systems Technology, Development & Management; Paul Bocij ea; ; 4; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 23 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 23 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
166/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Project Management for Exchange
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-EXPROMAN-08 Project Management for Exchange students 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
M Lind (tel. +31884816281) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Hoorcollege
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
60 minuten
7 uren
bij aanvangsblok 4: blok 4
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assignment
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 4: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Upon successful completion of Project management, students should be able to:
Inhoud
1.
Combine perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives;
2.
Display internationally-oriented behavior, working in a multidisciplinary, multicultural team;
3.
Exhibit an open-minded, stress-resilient, assertive attitude;
4.
Use creative imagination to develop business ideas;
5.
Locate, summarize and apply relevant data;
6.
Plan time and prioritize so as to meet deadlines;
7.
Ask advice and report on progress and findings;
8.
Defend strategic marketing decisions;
9.
Provide a financial basis for a business plan / marketing plan; 167/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
10. Apply quality criteria to the process and final product; and 11. Brief finance, marketing and other business team members when writing their own plans. The PMT team members should be able to: 1. Effectively lead a discussion and chair a meeting; 2. Plan time and prioritize so as to meet deadlines; in addition to this PMT members should effectively make others meet their deadlines 3. Give constructive feedback to all other students.
WORKLOAD:
Project Management weeks times p week contact time 7 preparation contact time 7 self study 7 project assignment 7 presentation 1 3 EC course = 84 hours = 5040 minutes
minutes 1 1 1 1 1
total 120 90 160 330 140
total
840 630 1120 2310 140 5040
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Project Management: a Practical Approach; Roel Grit; 9789001605063; 2; Wolters-Noordhoff; Contactduur (uren): 7 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 7 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
168/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Spanish 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SPANISH1-08 Spanish 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
EDD Hofman (tel. 088-4816805) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Training 2
verplicht
6 maal per blok
80 minuten
8 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
90
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 2. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Spanish is the official language for more than 350 million people in Spain and Latin America. Besides, Spanish is the second language in the United States. When negotiating with companies in Spanish speaking countries, knowledge of the Spanish language is essential, since most people do not speak English.
Inhoud This course offers you a basic knowledge of Spanish, preparing you partially for an internship or a course abroad in a Spanish speaking country. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on a basic level for day-to-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening. Apart from the language, you’ll learn more about the Spanish and Latin American culture.
Ingangseisen Kosten en
Geen Geen kosten 169/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
studiematerialen Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion libro del alumno + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978905451723-8; 2; Intertaal Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion cuaderno de ejercicios + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978-905451724-5; 1; Intertaal; Reader (verplicht) : Syllabus; Spanish Grammar; Woordenboek (verplicht) : Pocket dictionnary S-E and E-S; ; ; ; ; Contactduur (uren): 16 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 18 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
170/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Spanish 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SPANISH2-08 Spanish 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Ja
EDD Hofman (tel. 088-4816805) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
Listening test
Luister Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
45
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
90
bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Spanish is the official language for more than 350 million people in Spain and Latin America. Besides, Spanish is the second language in the United States. When negotiating with companies in Spanish speaking countries, knowledge of the Spanish language is essential, since most people do not speak English.
Inhoud This course offers you a basic knowledge of Spanish, preparing you partially for an internship or a course abroad in a Spanish speaking country. All skills (reading, writing, speaking and listening) will be practised on a basic level for day-to-day situations, although during the lectures most time is spent on speaking and listening. Apart from the language, you’ll learn more about the Spanish and Latin American culture. 171/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion libro del alumno + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978Kosten en 905451723-8; 2; Intertaal; studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 1 nueva edicion cuaderno de ejercicios + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978-905451724-5; 1; Intertaal; Woordenboek (verplicht) : Pocket dictionnary E-S + S-E; ; ; ; ; Reader (verplicht) : Syllabus; Spanish Grammar; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
172/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Spanish 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SPANISH3-08 Spanish 3 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
EDD Hofman (tel. 088-4816805) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training 1
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Training 2
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3
Toetsen: toetsduur (in minuten)
toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
4
bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 3. blok 5, week 27
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
90
gelegenheid
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud Ingangseisen Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2 nueva edicion libro del alumno + audio-CD; Gonzalez; Kosten en 978-905451793-1; 1; Intertaal; studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2 nueva edicion cuaderno de ejercicios + audio-CD; Gonzalez; 978-905451794-8; 1; Intertaal; Woordenboek (verplicht) : Pocket dictionnary S-E + E-S; ; ; ; ; Workload
Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 173/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Zelfstudie (uren): Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
174/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Spanish Beginners 3
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SPABEG3-01 Spanish Beginners 3 6 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2 bij aanvangsblok 3: blok 3, blok 4
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Centraal Schriftelijk tentamen
Practicumtoets
Tentamen
Praktijkopdracht/Stage
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
4
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 3, week 6 2. blok 4, week 16 bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 36 2. blok 2, week 46 bij aanvangsblok 3: 1. blok 4, week 16 2. blok 5, week 27
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud
The main goal of this training course is to prepare students for international business with/ in Spanish-speaking countries. The course focuses on broadening your knowledge of Spanish and on awareness of cultural 175/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
differences. The course prepares students for a work placement in a Spanish-speaking country: it offers you the terminology of the business world and trains the skills needed in a Spanish-speaking business environment, such as: - introduce yourself - do some small talk (congratulations, goodbyes, express your opinion) - be spokes(who)man of a company - hold a business conversation - understand general information, written and spoken - analyse international markets - deduce the salient issues in articles published in leading magazines or on the internet - give a presentation about a business subject - read and understand authentic texts from newspapers and relevant magazines, prospects, graphics, statistics etc. - cooperate - convince others (orally and in writing) - gain basic knowledge of countries and people (in Spain and Southern America) WORKLOAD: 6 EC = 168 hours Period C seminars (14 * 80 minutes) preparation/ homework (14 * 3 hours) exercises from work book reading and analysing texts presentation on cultural differences analysis of website analysis of 3 advertisements write postcard extra grammar exercises preparation for written exam written exam
20 14 14 4 3 3 1 7 12 1,5
Period D seminars 7*160 minutes Analysis press articles Country analysis and report Cultural activity (+report) Create advertisement preparation for oral exam oral exam preparation for presentation Presentation
20 10 25 5 2 8 0.5 5 0,5
176/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
TOTAL
+/- 155,5
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2(tekstboek + audio-CD); Gonzalez; 9789054517931; ; studiematerialen Intertaal; Boek (verplicht) : Colegas 2 (werkboek + audio CD); Gonzalez; 9789054517948; ; Intertaal; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
0
177/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Spanish Beginners 4
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SPABEG4-01 Spanish, Beginners 4 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
KFL Biesemans Hoogewijs (tel. 088-4816497) (
[email protected]) Spaans, Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Training
verplicht
7 maal per blok
80 minuten
9 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm resultaatschaal
Report+ Assignments
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
4
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten) bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
The main goal of this training course is to develop and strengthen students’ communication skills in Spanish on B1 level. The course focuses on upgrading your fluency of Spanish and on awareness of cultural differences.
Inhoud
The course trains the writing, speaking, listening and reading skills needed in a Spanish-speaking (business) environment. You will learn to - introduce yourself, tell small personal stories (about your country/town, internship, study abroad, job, studies, holidays, …) - do some small talk (e.g. during business meetings or day-to-daysituations) - understand general information, written and spoken - express your own opinion (orally and in writing) - prepare a discussion about a current social, economic or political subject in Spain, Latin America or the US - cooperate - convince others (orally) 178/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
-
gain in depth knowledge of countries and people in Spain and/or Southern America
WORKLOAD: 3 EC = 84 hours Period A seminars 7 *80 minutes listening (broad- or podcast) 6*60 minutes writing exercises, 6* 180 minutes cultural activity Period B
10 6 18 5
seminars 7*80 minutes preparation class debate writing exercises 6*180 minutes TOTAL
10 15 18 +/- 84 hours
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Geen literatuur; Contactduur (uren): 9 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 9 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
179/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Strategic Marketing Management 1
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SMM1-10 Strategic Marketing Management 1 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
G Rustenburg (tel. 0884816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
niet verplicht
7 maal per blok
150 minuten
18 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assignment
Opdracht
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5,5
Written Exam
Tentamen
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
5,5
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46
120
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
General Objectives 1. Analyzing problems and making judgements. Is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. 2. Problem solving and decisiveness Respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 3. Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. 4. Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. 5. Social awareness; has knowledge of topical, social and cultural developments in society and applies this in a working environment. 6. Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 7. Customer-oriented Specific Learning Objectives Can provide a financial basis for an international marketing plan; 180/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Can name the principal aspects of international marketing management and indicate their impact on his own activities; Can use marketing data to indicate how to optimise international sales and purchasing processes; Can tell which implications consumer behaviour in various countries and cultures will have for a company’s marketing strategy; Can defend his strategic decisions in the field of marketing strategies and marketing management; Can identify the most important international companies and describe the structure of these organisations and their characteristic strengths and weaknesses; Is internationally oriented; his behaviour is flexible and customer-orientated; he combines perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives; Act in an international context according to the prevailing written and unwritten codes of conduct; Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; Can negotiate in an international context, taking cultural differences into account; Identify the problems of multinational organisations and is able to explain the role of organisations such as the EU and the World Bank; Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Professional Competencies International Business Awareness The ability to do an extensive research and to make a transparent synopsis of an international study. On this basis he can advise management on the opportunities and threats in the international legal and business environment. The student shows a clear interest in international developments beyond the immediate scope of his own activities and reads specialist literature on this topic. The ability to attune his own activities and those of the company to international trends. Intercultural Adaptability The student can recognise and appreciate cultural differences in behaviour and values. He has developed an open attitude and is motivated to work abroad. He can make effective use of empathy, or ‘frame of reference shifting’, to understand and be understood across cultural boundaries. He can maintain an international network essential to his tasks and to the company. International Strategic Vision Development The ability to translate trends in the environment to opportunities and threats for the organisation. He should be able to assess an international strategic policy for a company, clearly defining the strategic limits. He can contribute to the adjustment of a vision and strategy. WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) ECTS Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 2 Total weekly study 28 Theory assignments (2) Exam preparation Exam
14,5
1
n.v.t. n.v.t.
181/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
He can assess the consequences of a vision and strategy for business policies and processes. Organisation Policy Development The ability to create an organizational policy while respecting the interdependence between company strategy, business structure and human resources processes Entrepreneurial Management The ability to contribute, in cooperation with others, to an optimal exploration by the company of the opportunities for both new and existing products/services in the market and the necessary risks involved. The student contributes to a pro-active opportunity-seeking attitude in the company and encourages the company to make effective use of these opportunities. Strategic (International) Marketing Management The ability to create, change and implement a strategic international marketing plan which includes an analysis of the international environment of the company’s position. The plan contains strategies in product development, pricing, distribution and international advertising and promotion.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : A view from the top; Cornelis A. de Kluyer & John A. Pearce; 978-0studiematerialen 13-501319-9; 3; Prentice Hall Diversen (verplicht) : articles provided; Contactduur (uren): 18 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
182/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Strategic Marketing Management 2
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-SMM2-10 Strategic Marketing Management 2 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
G Rustenburg (tel. 0884816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
120 minuten
14 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1, blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
resultaatschaal
minimum cijfer
Assessment
Assessment
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
4
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
General Objectives 1. Analyzing problems and making judgements. Is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. 2. Problem solving and decisiveness Respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. 3. Visioning; long-term thinking and making choices based on general outlines. 4. Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. 5. Social awareness; has knowledge of topical, social and cultural developments in society and applies this in a working environment. 6. Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. 7. Customer-oriented Specific Learning Objectives Can provide a financial basis for an international marketing plan; Can name the principal aspects of international marketing management and indicate their impact 183/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
on his own activities; Can use marketing data to indicate how to optimise international sales and purchasing processes; Can tell which implications consumer behaviour in various countries and cultures will have for a company’s marketing strategy; Can defend his strategic decisions in the field of marketing strategies and marketing management; Can identify the most important international companies and describe the structure of these organisations and their characteristic strengths and weaknesses; Is internationally oriented; his behaviour is flexible and customer-orientated; he combines perseverance and entrepreneurship to achieve predetermined objectives; Act in an international context according to the prevailing written and unwritten codes of conduct; Has analytical skills and problem-solving abilities – can make a reasoned selection between alternative solutions and evaluate the result; Can negotiate in an international context, taking cultural differences into account; Identify the problems of multinational organisations and is able to explain the role of organisations such as the EU and the World Bank; Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Describe international trade and markets, their political situations and economic ratios. Is able to make an effective use of the Internet. He is also able to obtain information from other sources and to process this information within his own network in such a way that the information is immediately retrievable. Professional Competencies International Business Awareness The ability to do an extensive research and to make a transparent synopsis of an international study. On this basis he can advise management on the opportunities and threats in the international legal and business environment. The student shows a clear interest in international developments beyond the immediate scope of his own activities and reads specialist literature on this topic. The ability to attune his own activities and those of the company to international trends. Intercultural Adaptability The student can recognise and appreciate cultural differences in behaviour and values. He has developed an open attitude and is motivated to work abroad. He can make effective use of empathy, or ‘frame of reference shifting’, to understand and be understood across cultural boundaries. He can maintain an international network essential to his tasks and to the company. International Strategic Vision Development The ability to translate trends in the environment to opportunities and threats for the organisation. He should be able to assess an international strategic policy for a company, clearly defining the strategic limits. He can contribute to the adjustment of a vision and strategy. He can assess the consequences of a vision and strategy for business policies and processes. Organisation Policy Development The ability to create an organizational policy while respecting the interdependence between company strategy, business structure and human resources processes Entrepreneurial Management The ability to contribute, in cooperation with others, to an optimal exploration by the company of the opportunities for both new and existing products/services in the market and the necessary risks involved. The student contributes to a pro-active opportunity-seeking attitude in the company and encourages the company to make effective use of these opportunities. Strategic (International) Marketing Management The ability to create, change and implement a strategic international marketing plan which includes an analysis of the international environment of the company’s position. The plan contains strategies in product development, pricing, distribution and international advertising and promotion
184/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) Lectures (7 weeks) 17,5 Total weekly study 12,5 Theory assignments (2) 14 Company assignment
40
ECTS 1,5
1,5
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Materiaal: Kosten en Boek (verplicht) : A view from the top; Cornelis A. de Kluyer & John A. Pearce; 978-0studiematerialen 13-501319-9; 3; Prentice Hall; Diversen (verplicht) : Case provided; Contactduur (uren): 14 Toetsduur (uren): Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 14 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
185/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Strategy & Marketing 2: Global Marketing
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-STRMAR2-08 Strategy and Marketing 2 Global Marketing 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
G Rustenburg (tel. 0884816527) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
aanwezigheid
frequentie
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
60 minuten
7 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
11 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Werkvorm
verplicht
7 maal per blok
90 minuten
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assignment
Opdracht
Written Exam
Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur (in minuten)
gelegenheid
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
120
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes Inhoud
General learning objectives - Analyzing problems and making judgements; is able to break complex problems down into 186/191
© University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
component parts and make reasoned judgements. - Problem solving and decisiveness; respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. - Visioning; long-term thinking and making choice based on general outlines - Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. - Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. - Customer-orientation; organizes one’s activities in accordance with customers’ needs with a view to maintaining long-standing relations, both internally and externally. Specific learning objectives - Is aware of the most recent demographic, economic, social-cultural, political, ethical, technical developments, which are important for company’s strategy. - Can describe international business and (global) markets: competition, trade industries, associations, multi-cross connections / influences, etc.. - Is able to make a clear and transparent report and synopsis about international marketing policy of a company; Competencies - Professional Competencies (Knowledge, Skills, and Attitude) International Business Awareness. The ability to evaluate patterns and trends in international business, elaborate further on the theory and practice of international trade and financial markets. The ability to explain various methods to enter foreign markets, outline the arguments to support free trade, identify the sources of comparative and competitive advantage among nations. The student can research and assess political risks, economic variables and legal systems of foreign markets. The ability to make legal statements and support those statements with legal arguments. The student is aware of recent international developments in specific regions. Intercultural Adaptability. The student can identify dimensions of culture (communication, time perspective, power, individualism etc) within context. He has self-awareness of his own norms, values and behaviour and shows tact and understanding for others. He adapts his behaviour to the standards of the prevailing culture. He can indicate the importance of the viable international relations of a company within the total value chain. International Strategic Vision Development. The ability to recognise topical trends and the consequences they could have for the vision and internationalisation strategy. He can outline and explain several methods to enter foreign markets. He can assess the consequences of an internationalisation strategy for the evaluation of management options. Entrepreneurial Management. The ability to independently take actions and risks to create opportunities for both existing and new products/services in the market. To ability to write and defend a business plan for a (start-up) company. International Marketing Management. The ability to evaluate and implement marketing decisions based on an analysis of the internal and external factors influencing a company in an international business environment. The ability to structure these decisions in a marketing planning in accordance with the corporate planning of the company. - Generic Competencies (Task Oriented) - Creative Problem Solving. The ability to take several aspects of the problem into account with a broad view. The ability to find solutions that are less predictable and cannot be derived directly from the tools given Analysis and Information Processing. To be able to work in a more complex situation and to systematically execute a research, report on the findings and to translate them into useful conclusions. To use theoretical concepts and the ability to translate these concepts into an information need. Planning and Organizing. The ability to independently make a realistic and effective planning and to determine the required time, actions, tools and priorities in relation to the activities of others. WORKLOAD:
187/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Activities hours (net) Lectures (6 weeks) 8 Workshops (6 weeks) 9 Total weekly study 24 Theory assignments (3) 15 Company assignment Exam preparation Exam
10
ECTS 2
1
n.v.t. n.v.t.
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Global Marketing; Warren J. Keegan & Mark C. Green; 9780273766711; Global Edition, 7/E; Pearson Higher Education; Contactduur (uren): 18 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 20 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
188/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
Titel
Strategy and Marketing 1 Strategy
Opleidingsvariant Collegejaar
Voltijd 2012-2013
Organisatorische gegevens Cursuscode Cursusnaam Engels Aantal EC's Studiefase/niveau Toegankelijkheid voor studenten van andere faculteiten Excellentieniveau Contactpersoon Voertaal
MBIB-STRMAR1-08 Strategy and Marketing 1 Strategy 3 European Credits B (bachelor hoofdfase) Nee
W Klijnstra (tel. 088-4816955) (
[email protected]) Engels
Werkvormen: werkvormtype
Werkvorm
aanwezigheid
niet verplicht
frequentie
7 maal per blok
contactduur per bijeenkomst (in minuten)
160 minuten
totale contactduur (in uren afgerond)
blok
19 uren
bij aanvangsblok 1: blok 1 bij aanvangsblok 2: blok 2
Toetsen: toets
toetsvorm
Assignment
Opdracht
Multiple Choice toets
Multiple Choice Tentamen
resultaatschaal
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
Standaard resultaatschaal toets (>2011)
minimum cijfer
toetsduur gelegenheid (in minuten)
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
5,5
bij aanvangsblok 1: 1. blok 1, week 37 bij aanvangsblok 2: 1. blok 2, week 46 2. blok 3, week 6
120
Inhoudelijke gegevens Korte beschrijving Learning outcomes
Inhoud
General learning objectives - Analyzing problems and making judgements; is able to break complex problems down into component parts and make reasoned judgements. - Problem solving and decisiveness; respond constructively to problems by analysing them into simple lists of tasks or activities, making choices and transforming these into actions. - Visioning; long-term thinking and making choice based on general outlines - Creativity; breaks fresh, new ground; finds new solutions. - Project Management; planning, organizing and monitoring the progress of a project in a team situation. - Customer-orientation; organizes one’s activities in accordance with customers’ needs with a view to maintaining long-standing relations, both internally and externally. Specific
189/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
learning objectives - Is aware of the importance of a distinctive company strategy for successful business, now and in the future. Is aware of the strategic hierarchy in a company. - Is able to analyse company’s environment as well as the competences of the internal organisation. - Is able to think ‘out of the box’ or ‘inside out’. - Is able to implement strategies in clear actions. - Is able to make a clear and transparent report and synopsis about. WORKLOAD: Total study burden in hours per student = 3 EC (European credits); 28 hours x 3 EC course = 84 hours. Total hours: 84 Lectures (6 weeks x 80 minutes): 8 Workshops (6 weeks x 80 minutes): 8 Self study: 12 Assignment: 24 Exam preparation: 30 Exam: 2
Ingangseisen
Geen Geen kosten Kosten en Materiaal: studiematerialen Boek (verplicht) : Strategic Management; Fred R. David; 978-0-13-703498-7; 13; Pearson; Contactduur (uren): 19 Toetsduur (uren): 2 Zelfstudie (uren): Workload
Totaal (uren): 21 Het totaal aantal uren is berekend na optelling van de drie onderdelen in minuten. Door afrondingen kan de optelling van de onderdelen in uren iets afwijken van het totaal.
190/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012
Study Guide Bachelor’s programme in International Marketing Management 2012-2013
11
Appendices
11.1
Teaching and Examination Regulations
The OER-FEM bachelors 2012-2013 is published on the informationsite www.reglementen.hu.nl.
11.2
Other regulations
The exam rules and regulations document can be found via the informationsite Examorganisation FEM.
191/191 © University
of Applied Sciences Utrecht, september 2012